AMOS Extensions Command List ***************************** By Andrew D. Burton, Started: October 2008 Last updated: 24 July 2010 Most commands have been tested. If you find any that you can't get to work, please email me ( aliensrcooluk@yahoo.co.uk ) or the Yahoo! AMOS-LIST ( amos-list@yahoogroups.com ) with the details. List normal commands : on-going List hidden commands : not started (see below) Follow up on ?? markers: not started Check for full stops : not started Command count per lib : not started Extensions done: (HD3_Software:AMOS/AMOS Ext/) Delta v1.4 (28/5/97) - hidden commands: none found Turbo v1.9 - hidden commands: R Home X,Y X=F sqr(Y) €I0,0 *decode Euro*:if follows ! command not a hidden command Colours v1.0 - hidden commands: none found CRAFT v1.00 - hidden commands: S$=Dr File(S$) S$=Dr Path(S$) MusiCRAFT v1.00 - hidden commmands: St Volume X=St Get Volume Dump v1.0 - hidden commands: none found Easy Life V1.10 - check Elf Fail Start,Elf Fail End - No info found! - hidden commands: X=St Lookup(Y,Z) St Erase X X=Eltest(Y,Z) [eltesôV00,0˙] EME (Enhanced Music Extension) V3.0 DEMO: AMOS Pro Library - hidden commands: =Mubase Sam Loop Off X Play Off X check docs: Med Play AMOS - The Creator Library - hidden commands: Tr Credits =Mubase Sam Loop Off X Play Off X check docs: Med Play Remember EME contains the original AMOS music commands plus extra ones taht were added :) Ercole 1.X: AMOS Pro Library (1.7) - hidden commands: none found AMOS - The Creator Library (1.6) - hidden commands: none found Tools Extension v1.01 (9/3/97) - hidden commands: Oui Set Bank X X=Oui Bank X=Oui Data(Y) Oui Set Data X,Y X=Oui Edata(Y,Z) Oui Set Edata X,Y,Z Oui Reserve Text X,Y Oui Set Text X,Y$ X$=Oui Text(Y) Oui New X,Y,Z,A,B,c Oui Init X GUI Extension V2.1 (18/10/2000) - commands: Gui Aga - no docs! Gui App Icon - no docs! Gui App Id - no docs! Gui App Name$ - no docs! Gui App Remove - no docs! Gui Array - no docs! Gui Array Down - no docs! Gui Array Read - no docs! Gui Array Up - no docs! Gui Asl Id - no docs! Gui Asl Width - no docs! Gui Asl Height - no docs! Gui Asl Colours - no docs! Gui Asl Depth - no docs! Gui Asl Open - no docs! Gui Best - no docs! Gui Blue - no docs! Gui Box - no docs! Gui Catalog$ - no docs! Gui Catalog Close - no docs! Gui Catalog Open - no docs! Gui Center - no docs! Gui Change - no docs! Gui Check - no docs! Gui Clip Read$ - no docs! Gui Clip Write$ - no docs! Gui Clone - no docs! Gui Code$ - no docs! Gui Colour - no docs! Gui Display Iff - no docs! Gui Eye 3d - no docs! Gui Free Zone - no docs! Gui Gadget - no docs! Gui Get$ - no docs! Gui Green - no docs! Gui Guide - no docs! Gui Help - no docs! Gui Input$ - no docs! Gui Line 3d - no docs! Gui Menu - no docs! Gui Menu Off - no docs! Gui Menu On - no docs! Gui Menu Check - no docs! Gui Menu uncheck - no docs! Gui Monitor - no docs! Gui Mouse Queue - no docs! Gui Mouse Report - no docs! Gui Mouse Zone - no docs! Gui Notify - no docs! Gui Output - no docs! Gui Pause - no docs! Gui Pub Check - no docs! Gui Pub Mode - no docs! Gui Put - no docs! Gui Red - no docs! Gui Rem Notify - no docs! Gui Remap - no docs! Gui Reserve Zone - no docs! Gui Rgb - no docs! Gui Save Iff - no docs! Gui Screen Base - no docs! Gui Screen Close - no docs! Gui Screen Colours - no docs! Gui Screen Copy - no docs! Gui Screen Depth - no docs! Gui Screen Height - no docs! Gui Screen Move - no docs! Gui Screen Open - no docs! Gui Screen Width - no docs! Gui Set$ - no docs! Gui Set Mode - no docs! Gui Set Zone - no docs! Gui Show Title - no docs! Gui Timer - no docs! Gui Title$ - no docs! Gui User Catalog - no docs! Gui Zone - no docs! Xfa Check - no docs! Xfa Depth - no docs! Xfa Frames - no docs! Xfa Height - no docs! Xfa Mode Id - no docs! Xfa Pack - no docs! Xfa Play - no docs! Xfa Rtg Play - no docs! Xfa Width - no docs! Some commands were documented, but not linked correctly in the docs. Those commands (e.g. Gui On/Off) are documented in the table below. The rest are undocumented at present. hidden commands: X=Gui Wait(Y) Z=Gui Sx(X,Y) Z=Gui Sy(X,Y) Z=Gui Sh(X,Y) Z=Gui Sw(X,Y) X=Gui Gad Tag(Y,Z,A,B) X=Tcp Open(Y$,Z,A) Tcp Close Tcp Close X X=Tcp Send(Y,Z,A) X=Tcp Send$(Y,Z$) X=Tcp Read(Y,Z,A) X$=Tcp Read$(Y) X=Tcp User(Y) Tcp Set X,Y Tcp Socket X X=Tcp Listen(Y,Z) Tcp Download X To Y$,Z X=Tcp Total X=Tcp Recvd X=Tcp Response X$=Tcp Host$ X=Tcp Accept(Y) Gui Time X,Y X=Tcp Abort(Y) X=Tcp Error Intuition v1.0 - hidden commands - AMOS-TC Lib : none found - AMOS Pro Lib: none found Information for some Intuition commands found in the example (.AMOS) files. The rest was gathered from examining and running the example files, aswell as writing some temporary code to examine the commands that aren't included in the example files. AMOSPro IO Devices Extension V 2.1J - commands: Serial Open X,Y - no docs! Serial Open X,Y,Z,A,B - no docs! Serial Close - no docs! Serial Close X - no docs! Serial Speed X,Y - no docs! X=Serial Check(Y) - no docs! Serial Send X,Y$ - no docs! Serial Speed X,Y (yes,x2) - no docs! Serial Bits X,Y,Z - no docs! Serial X VAL1,VAL2 - no docs! Serial Buf X,Y - no docs! Serial Parity X,Y - no docs! X=Serial Get(Y) - no docs! X$=Serial Input(Y) - no docs! Serial Fast X - no docs! Serial Slow X - no docs! X=Serial Error(Y) - no docs! Serial Out X,Y,Z - no docs! X=Serial Status(Y) - no docs! X=Serial Base(Y) - no docs! Serial Abort X - no docs! Printer Open - no docs! Printer Close - no docs! Printer Send X$ - no docs! Printer Out X,Y - no docs! Printer Dump - no docs! Printer Dump X,Y To Z,A - no docs! Printer Dump X,Y To Z,A,B,C,D - no docs! Printer Abort - no docs! X=Printer Check - no docs! X=Printer Online - no docs! X=Printer Base - no docs! X=Printer Error - no docs! Parallel Open - no docs! Parallel Close - no docs! Parallel Send X$ - no docs! Parallel Out X,Y - no docs! Parallel Abort - no docs! X=Parallel Check - no docs! X=Parallel Status - no docs! X=Parallel Base - no docs! X=Parallel Error - no docs! X$=Parallel Input$(Y) - no docs! X$=Parallel Input$(Y,Z) - no docs! AMOSPro JD Extension V 5.9 - commands: doesn't work! / Jd Setdate "DD.MM.YY" doesn't work! / Jd Setclock "HH:MM:SS" buggy / =Jd Secstime$(SECS) works?? / =Jd Checksum(A$) works?? / =Jd Bootchecksum(A$) (renamed Jd Match) command not found! =Jd Compare(A$,B$) doesn't work! / =Jd Percent(P,W) doesn't work! / =Jd Deoct(O$) buggy! / =Jd Oct$(X) buggy! / =Jd Oct$(X,LEN) doesn't work! // =Jd Asl(A,Z) doesn't work! // =Jd Asr(A,Z) doesn't work! // =Jd Lsl(A,Z) doesn't work! // =Jd Lsr(A,Z) doesn't work! // =Jd Rol(A,Z) doesn't work! // =Jd Ror(A,Z) doesn't work! // =Jd Roxl(A,Z) doesn't work! // =Jd Roxr(A,Z) doesn't work!?? / =Jd Eqv(Z1,Z2) doesn't work!?? / =Jd Imp(Z1,Z2) buggy! / =Jd Read Sector(DISK,SECTOR) doesn't work!?? / =Jd Write Sector(A$,DISK,SECTOR) doesn't work!?? / =Jd Install(DISK) doesn't work!?? / =Jd Format(DISK,NAME$) partially works <------ doesn't work!?? / =Jd Shortformat(DISK,NAME$) doesn't work!?? / =Jd File Protection(FILE$) buggy! / =Jd Distance(X1,Y1 to X2,Y2) crashes! / Jd Type STRING$,DELAY,SOUNDSETT crashes! / Jd Reset (clash with another command?) syntax error! - x=Jd Find(ARRAY,S$[,POS]) doesn't work! / x=Jd Chipset syntax error! - x=Jd Get Dim(Y) ->..Dim Array(V(0 - hidden: x=Jd Pattern(y$,z$) (diff to command in JDK3) Jd Relabel X,Y$ AMOSPro JDColour V2.0 - commands: check greyscale conversion (Grey Colour)/ =Jd Antique Colour(RGB) doesn't work! / Jd Screen Convert S,SM to D,DM buggy! / Jd Fill Colour NCOL To OCOL,X,Y To X2,Y2 syntax error! Jd Wait Raster x,y,z to a,b - hidden: X$=Jd Cut Off$(Y$) AMOSPro JD Intuition V1.3 - commands: doesn't work! / Jd Intcolour C,V unchecked! - Jd Intcls doesn't work! / Jd Use Intscreen SCR doesn't work! / Jd Use Intwindow WIN doesn't work! / Jd Show Intscreen SCR doesn't work! / Jd Show Intwindow WIN doesn't work! / =Jd Intscreen Width doesn't work! / =Jd Intscreen Height - hidden: Jd Intfill X,Y AMOSPro JD Kick 3.0 Extension V 1.1 - commands: done - hidden: none AMOSPro Prt Extension V 1.4 - commands: done - hidden: none AMOSPro JVP-NoKids extension V 1.01 (20011998) - commands: done - hidden: none LDos v2.5 - commands: / Lold \ not to be used. Author having / Lcreate / problems with reserved variables. hidden: None AMCAF V1.50beta4 11-Jan-98 - commands: true greyscale?? --> // Convert Grey sets incorrect origin-->// Td Stars Limit X,Y To X2,Y2 causing stars to fail (commands from history) // Alloc Trans Source BANK - No docs! // Set Trans Source BANK/ADDRESS - No Docs! | | // Alloc Trans Map BANK,WIDTH,HEIGHT - No Docs! | | // Set Trans Map BANK/ADDRESS,WIDTH,HEIGHT - NoDocs! | | // Alloc Code Bank BANK,SIZE - No Docs! \ \ / / // Trans Screen Runtime SCR,BITPLANE,OX,OY - NoDocs! \ V / // Trans Screen Dynamic SCR,BITPLANE,OX,OY - NoDocs! \ / // Trans Screen Static SCR,BITPLANE,OX,OY - No Docs! V --->> Trans C2p Chkbuf - NOT IMPLEMENTED! - No Docs! --->> / Sload X To Y,Z - No Docs! --->> / Ssave X,Y To Z - No Docs! --->> // C2p Convert ST,WX,WY To SCREEN,OX,OY - No Docs! --->> // C2p Shift ST,WX,WY To ST2,SHIFT - No Docs! --->> // C2p Fire ST,WX,WY To St2,SUB - No Docs! --->> / Paste Ptile X,Y,Z - No Docs! --->> / Rnc Unpack X To Y - No Docs! --->> / =Rnp - No Docs! AMCAF V1.50beta4 11-Jan-98 - hidden: / =Extbase / Ptile Bank X / Turbo Text X,Y,Z$ / Turbo Text X,Y,Z$,A / Turbo Text X,Y,Z$,A,B --->> / Mask Copy X To Y,Z --->> / Mask Copy X,Y,Z,A,B To C,D,E,F,G Extensions left to do (incomplete list): Leer_(AMCAF) - / AMCAF.lib AMCAFUpdate.Lib AMOSPRO_Tools.Lib Locale Ext Lserial Demo Make Misc_ext Opal OS_Dev Powerbobs Slnnext Stars_demo tft Turbo check AP2.X's APSystem directory Instruction | Extension | What It Does... ------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------------------- Add Pos INCREMENT | Tools V1.01 | Increments the current memory | | position using the value | | INCREMENT. This command may be | | useful for skipping data. =Aga Detect |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This function checks for the | | existance of the AGA chipset, | | found in the A1200, A4000 and | | CD32 machines. It returns -1 | | (true), if the chipset is | | mounted or 0 (false) if the | | ECS or OCS chipsets are still | | in use. | | It doesn't check for kickstart | | version only, so A2000 and | | a500 machines with kick 3.0 or | | higher will be detected as | | non-AGA correctly. It is also | | 100% system conform and won't | | hack the hardware for it's | | result. Therefore, if the AGA | | chipset had been disabled | | either using the bootmenu or | | the "Setpatch AGA" command, it | | will return that no AGA is | | available. Alloc Code Bank BANK,SIZE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | The bank BANK is set as a code | | bank ("CodeBank") for use with | | the Trans commands. If the | | code bank is too small it will | | cause memory overwrites. Valid | | parameters are not checked | | for. Alloc Trans Map BANK,WIDTH,HEIGHT |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | The bank BANK is set as a map | | bank ("TransMap"). WIDTH and | | HEIGHT give the size of the | | map. A map the size 10x10 uses | | 640 bytes. | | No official docs for this | | command. Alloc Trans Source BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | The bank BANK is set as a | | Trans Source ("TransSrc") | | bank, and is 65536 bytes in | | length. | | No official docs for this | | command. Amcaf Aga Notation Off |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Normally AMCAF commands, that | | take colour values as a | | parameter, use a 12 bit colour | | value in the format $RGB. | | Since machines like the A1200 | | and A4000 there are 24 bit | | colour values in the format | | $RRGGBB. | | After setting Amcaf Aga | | Notation Off all AMCAF | | commands and functions take | | 12 bit values, except the | | Rrggbb To Rgb and Rgb To | | Rrggbb functions. | | The default setting is off | | (12 bit). Amcaf Aga Notation On |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Normally AMCAF commands, that | | take colour values as a | | parameter, use a 12 bit colour | | value in the format $RGB. | | Since machines like the A1200 | | and A4000 there are 24 bit | | colour values in the format | | $RRGGBB. | | After setting Amcaf Aga | | Notation On all AMCAF commands | | take 24 bit values, except the | | Rrggbb To Rgb and Rgb To | | Rrggbb functions. | | The default setting is off | | (12 bit). =Amcaf Base |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the starting address | | of the AMCAF database. =Amcaf Length |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the length of the | | AMCAF database. =Amcaf Version$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns a string containing | | the AMCAF version number and a | | greetings list. =Amos Base | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the address of the | | internal datazone of AMOS. =Amos Cli |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the number of the CLI | | process out of which the | | program/AMOS has been started, | | or zero if AMOS has been | | started from Workbench. =Amos Pri | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the priority of AMOS. =Amos Pro | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns -1 (true) if the | | program is run, or compiled, | | under AMOS Pro =Amos Task |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | For advanced programmers only. | | This function returns the | | address of the AMOS task | | structure. Using this you can | | for example increase the task | | priority: | | Areg(1)=Amos Task | | Dreg(0)=3 | | dummy=Execall(-$12C) | | This program sets the task | | priority to +3. =Array Bank | Tools V1.01 | Returns the current bank used | | as the array bank. Array Dim X,Y | Tools V1.01 | This sets up an array for use | | in the array bank. If the bank | | already exists it will be | | erased before the array bank | | is created. =Array Get(X,Y) | Tools V1.01 | Returns the data at the | | specified position (X,Y) in | | the current array bank. Array Set X,Y,DATA | Tools V1.01 | Sets the element value (DATA) | | at position X,Y. DATA must be | | between 0 and 255. =Asc.l(STRING$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Converts a 4 byte long string | | back into a number. This value | | can range between -2147483648 | | and +2147483647. If STRING$ | | contains less than 4 | | characters you will get an | | error message. =Asc.w(STRING$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Converts a 2 bytes long string | | back into a number. The value | | can range from 0 to 65535. If | | STRING$ contains less than 2 | | characters you will get an | | error message. Audio Free |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Allows you to free previously | | locked sound channels. This | | enables other programs running | | in the background to use the | | sound channels again. | | See the Audio Lock command. Audio Lock |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | When you start AMOS the | | audio.device is not informed | | that AMOS wants the audio | | channels all to itself. So any | | other programs running in the | | background can play sounds at | | any time, which can irritate | | the AMOS sound system. To | | avoid this, and try to be more | | system friendly, you can use | | the command Audio Lock to | | reserve the sound channels. As | | AMOS has a bug, you will have | | to do it like this: | | Rem remove music extension | | Extremove 1 | | Rem reserve audio channels | | Trap Audio Lock | | Rem test if audio lock worked | | ERR=Errtrap | | Rem start music extension | | Extreinit 1 | | Rem call default routine of | | Rem the music extension | | Extdefault 1 | | The routine should be called | | as soon as possible and before | | any music or sounds are | | played. If the audio channels | | are already in use by any | | other program, ERR will hold | | an error code, otherwise 0. | | Use Audio Free to free the | | audio channels again. =B.swap(B) | CRAFT v1.00 | Swaps the upper and lower | | parts of the byte B | | (eg. $F0 -> $0F) =Bank Checksum(BANK) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates the checksum of a | | bank with specific contents. | | Using this checksum you can | | find out if the contents of a | | bank have been changed. BANK | | is the number of the bank you | | want the checksum of. =Bank Checksum(START To END) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates the checksum of an | | area of memory. START is the | | starting address and END is | | the end address. The area of | | memory you wish to get the | | checksum of must be atleast 4 | | bytes in length, otherwise it | | will freeze AMOS and then | | crash the Amiga! Bank Code Add.b CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes the bank BANK by | | adding CODE to each byte. To | | decode the bank use the | | command again with negative | | CODE. | | Example: | | Bank Code Add.b 1,1 -Encrypt | | Bank Code Add.b -1,1 -Decrypt Bank Code Add.b CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes the area of memory by | | adding CODE to each byte, from | | START to END. START and END | | are the starting address and | | ending address of the area of | | memory to be coded. To decode | | the bank use the command again | | with negative CODE. Bank Code Add.w CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes the bank BANK by | | adding CODE to each word (2 | | bytes). To decode the bank use | | the command again with | | negative CODE. | | Example: | | Bank Code Add.w 1,1 -Encrypt | | Bank Code Add.w -1,1 -Decrypt Bank Code Add.w CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes the area of memory by | | adding CODE to each word (2 | | bytes), from START to END, | | START and END are the starting | | address and ending address of | | the area of memory to be | | coded. To decode the bank use | | the command again with | | negative CODE. Bank Code Mix.b CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes the bank BANK using | | CODE. To decode the bank use | | the command again with the | | same CODE. Bank Code Mix.b CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes the area of memory | | from START to END using CODE. | | START and END are the starting | | and ending addresses. To | | decode the memory simply use | | the command again with the | | same CODE. Bank Code Mix.w CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes the bank BANK using | | CODE. To decode the bank use | | the command again with the | | same CODE. Bank Code Mix.w CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes the area of memory | | from START to END using CODE. | | START and END are the starting | | and ending addresses. To | | decode the memory simply use | | the command again with the | | same CODE. Bank Code Rol.b CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each bit in each byte in bank | | BANK is rotated left by CODE | | bits. CODE must be between 1 | | and 7. To decode the bank you | | can either use the same | | command with negative CODE or | | the same CODE with the Bank | | Code Ror.b command. Bank Code Rol.b CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each bit in each byte of the | | area of memory is rotated left | | by CODE bits. CODE must be | | between 1 and 7. To decode the | | bank you can either use the | | same command with negative | | CODE or the same CODE with the | | Bank Code Ror.b command. Bank Code Rol.w CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each bit in each byte in bank | | BANK is rotated left by CODE | | bits. CODE must be between 1 | | and 15. To decode the bank | | you can either use the same | | command with negative CODE or | | the same CODE with the Bank | | Code Ror.w command. Bank Code Rol.w CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each bit in each byte of the | | area of memory is rotated left | | by CODE bits. CODE must be | | between 1 and 15. To decode | | the bank you can either use | | the same command with negative | | CODE or the same CODE with the | | Bank Code Ror.w command. Bank Code Ror.b CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each bit in each byte in bank | | BANK is rotated right by CODE | | bits. CODE must be between 1 | | and 7. To decode the bank you | | can either use the same | | command with negative CODE or | | the same CODE with the Bank | | Code Rol.b command. Bank Code Ror.b CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each bit in each byte of the | | area of memory is rotated | | right by CODE bits. CODE must | | be between 1 and 7. To decode | | the bank you can either use | | the same command with negative | | CODE or the same CODE with the | | Bank Code Rol.b command. Bank Code Ror.w CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each bit in each byte in bank | | BANK is rotated right by CODE | | bits. CODE must be between 1 | | and 15. To decode the bank you | | can either use the same | | command with negative CODE or | | the same CODE with the Bank | | Code Rol.w command. Bank Code Ror.w CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each bit in each byte of the | | area of memory is rotated | | right by CODE bits. CODE must | | be between 1 and 15. To decode | | the bank you can either use | | the same command with negative | | CODE or the same CODE with the | | Bank Code Rol.w command. Bank Code Xor.b CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each byte of the bank is | | combined with a logical | | exclusive or (Xor), which | | makes the encryption difficult | | to crack. CODE can be 0 to 255 | | (good codes are $AA and $55). | | To decode the bank use the | | command again with the same | | CODE. Bank Code Xor.b CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each byte of the area of | | memory is combined with a | | logical exclusive or (Xor), | | which makes the encryption | | difficult to crack. CODE can | | be 0 to 255 (good codes are | | $AA and $55). START and END | | are the starting and ending | | address of the area of memory | | to be encrypted. | | To decode the bank use the | | command again with the same | | CODE. Bank Code Xor.w CODE,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each word (2 bytes) of the | | bank is combined with a | | logical exclusive or (Xor), | | which makes the encryption | | difficult to crack. CODE can | | be 0 to 65535. | | To decode the bank use the | | command again with the same | | CODE. Bank Code Xor.w CODE,START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Each word (2 bytes) of the | | area of memory is combined | | with a logicial exclusive or | | (Xor), which makes the | | encryption difficult to crack. | | CODE can be 0 to 65535. START | | and END are the starting and | | ending address of the area of | | memory to be encrypted. | | To decode the bank use the | | command again with the same | | CODE. =Bank Colour(B,N,INDEX) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the colour INDEX | | located at position N in bank | | B. If none found -1 is | | returned. Bank Copy SOURCE To TARGET |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Creates an identical copy of | | the bank SOURCE and puts it | | in bank TARGET. If the target | | bank doesn't exist, it will | | be created. Bank Copy START,END To TARGET |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Creates an identical copy of | | part of a bank, from START to | | END, and puts it in bank | | TARGET. START and END are the | | starting and ending addresses | | of the area of the source bank | | to be copied. If the target | | bank doesn't exist, it will be | | created. Bank Delta Decode BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Decodes a bank previously | | encoded using the Bank Delta | | Encode command. BANK is the | | bank number to be decoded. Bank Delta Decode START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Decodes an area of memory | | previously encoded using the | | Bank Delta Encode command. | | START and END are the starting | | and ending address of the area | | of memory to be decoded. Bank Delta Encode BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes the bank BANK with the | | delta algorithm. This is not | | packing, but yields better | | pack ratios on 8-bit sound | | samples. Delta encoding just | | stores the difference from one | | byte to the next, so certain | | curve patterns in samples can | | be seen more clearly by | | packing algorithms. Bank Delta Encode START To END |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Encodes an area of memory with | | the delta algorithm. This is | | not packing, but yields better | | pack ratios on 8-bit sound | | samples. Delta encoding just | | stores the difference from one | | byte to the next, so certain | | curve patterns in samples can | | be seen more clearly by | | packing algorithms. START and | | END are the starting and | | ending addresses of the area | | of memory you wish to encode. Bank Name BANK,NAME$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Renames bank BANK with NAME$. | | NAME$ must be 8 characters | | long. Most AMOS commands | | ignore the name of a bank, but | | some (such as the AMOS Tracker | | commands) require specific | | names in order for commands to | | work. =Bank Name$(BANK) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the name of the | | specified bank in a string. | | BANK is the number of the bank | | you want the name of. Bank Permanent BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | If you defined a bank as | | 'work' and then later decide | | you want it to be permanent, | | you can use this command. This | | makes the bank stay resident | | in your program until it is | | erased. BANK is the number of | | the bank to be made permanent. | | This command can also be used | | on MED-modules, that were | | loaded with the Med Load | | command, and on Power and | | Imploder unpacked banks. Bank Stretch BANK To LENGTH |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Extends the length of an | | existing bank. BANK is the | | number of the bank to be | | extended and LENGTH is it's | | new length. After this process | | the starting address of the | | bank is changed. | | This command doesn't work on | | Icon and Sprite banks, as they | | work differently to normal | | banks. Bank Temporary BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets bank BANK to be a | | temporary bank. That is, the | | next time you start your | | program, or when you use the | | Default command, it will be | | erased. Bank To Chip BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Moves bank BANK into chip RAM. | | Therefore the starting address | | of the bank will change. Bank To Fast BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Moves bank BANK into fast RAM, | | if any is available. Therefore | | the starting address of the | | bank will change. | | This command doesn't work with | | Icon and Sprite banks. Do not | | try to play music that exists | | in fast RAM, as it will crash | | your Amiga. Bcircle X,Y,RADIUS,BITPLANE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Draws an empty circle at the | | coordinates X,Y with a radius | | RADIUS onto the bitplane | | BITPLANE. The circle is drawn | | one pixel thick so that it can | | be filled by the blitter chip | | using the Blitter Fill | | command. Beam Wait Y | CRAFT v1.00 | Waits until the rastor beam | | reaches position Y Bell | EME V3.0 DEMO | This command produces a simple | (AMOS Pro Lib) | pure tone, like a bell. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | Bell PITCH | EME V3.0 DEMO | As previous, but the optional | (AMOS Pro Lib) | PITCH parameter allows you to | (AMOS-TC Lib) | alter the pitch of the bell. | | PITCH can be 1 (very deep) up | | to 96 (ultra high). =Best Pen($RGB) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the pen which is | | nearest to the colour $RGB. | | This function can be used to | | re-colour pictures with a | | limited palette. =Best Pen($RGB,COL1 To COL2) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the pen which is | | nearest to the colour $RGB | | from the colour range given. | | COL1 is the lowest colour and | | COL2 is the highest. If COL2 | | is lower than COL1 you will | | get an error message. =Binexp(EXP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates the result of the | | exponential function 2^EXP and | | is much faster than the normal | | AMOS expression. EXP must be | | between 0 and 31. | | Examples: | | Binexp(1) -> 2 | | Binexp(3) -> 8 | | Binexp(16) -> 65536 | | Binexp(24) -> 16777216 =Binlog(VALUE) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This is the reverse function | | to Binexp. It returns the | | logarithm to the value given, | | with basis 2. VALUE therefore | | must be a power of 2, | | otherwise you will get an | | error. Binlog is handy to get | | the number of bitplanes out | | from the amount of colours of | | a screen (with the exception | | of the HAM modes). | | Examples: | | Binlog(2) -> 1 | | Binlog(8) -> 3 | | Binlog(65536) -> 16 | | Binlog(16777216) -> 24 Black | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands (eg. Colour 1,Black). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Black) Blit Clear X | Turbo v1.9 | Clear bitplane X of screen Blit Erase BLITNR | Turbo v1.9 | Erase a scrolling zone Blit Int Off | Turbo v1.9 | Turn off the blitter interrupt Blit Int On START To END | Turbo v1.9 | Adds a new interrupt server to | | to the VBLANK server chain Blit Left SCR,X,Y To X1,Y1,SHIFT | Turbo v1.9 | Define a scrolling zone and | | execute immediately Blit Speed BLITNR,SHIFT | Turbo v1.9 | Change the speed (SHIFT) value | | of a scrolling zone. Blit Store Left S,B,X,Y To X1,Y1,SH | Turbo v1.9 | Define up to 96 scrolling | | zones. =Blitter Busy |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns -1 (true) if the | | blitter chip is currently busy | | and working on a job (e.g. | | currently clearing a bitplane | | or drawing a line). This can | | be used to wait for the end of | | blitter activity, although | | Blitter Wait would be better. | | You could also use Blitter | | Busy to decide if you want to | | do more calculations using the | | processor, or start the next | | blitter activity. Blitter Clear SCREEN,BITPLANE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This uses the Blitter chip to | | clear bitplane BITPLANE on | | screen SCREEN. Blitter Clear SCREEN,BITPLANE, |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This uses the Blitter chip to X1,Y1 To X2,Y2| | clear a specific area of the | | bitplane BITPLANE. X1,Y1 and | | X2,Y2 are the coordinates of | | the rectangular region to be | | cleared. Please note that X1 | | and X2 will be rounded to the | | nearest 16 pixel boundary | | (e.g. 10->15 and 85->79). Blitter Copy S1,P1 To S2,P2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Before using Blitter Copy you | | must have set the limits using | | Blitter Copy Limit, made sure | | that all screens have the same | | dimensions and are big enough. | | Using the blitter you can copy | | a bitplane to another one. S1 | | and S2 are the source and | | destination screens. P1 and P2 | | are the source and destination | | bitplanes. It is possible to | | copy a bitplane onto a | | different bitplane of the same | | screen. Blitter Copy S1,P1 To S2,P2,M |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Before using Blitter Copy you | | must have set the limits using | | Blitter Copy Limit, made sure | | that all screens have the same | | dimensions and are big enough. | | Using the blitter you can copy | | a bitplane to another one. S1 | | and S2 are the source and | | destination screens. P1 and P2 | | are the source and destination | | bitplanes. It is possible to | | copy a bitplane onto a | | different bitplane of the same | | screen. M is a bitmask which | | contains the miniterm value. | | This defines how the blitter | | copies the bitplane. | | Frequently used values: | | %11110000 Copy bitplane | | %00001111 Invert bitplane | | %11111100 Use logical OR | | %00000011 OR planes and | | invert | | %11000000 The 2 planes are | | ANDed | | %00111111 The 2 planes are | | ANDed and inverted | | %00111100 The 2 planes are | | XORed | | %11000011 The 2 planes are | | XORed and inverted | | %11111110 OR all planes | | (create mask) | | %00000001 OR all planes and | | invert them | | %10000000 logical AND on all | | planes | | %01111111 AND all planes and | | invert them Blitter Copy S1,P1,S2,P2 To S3,P3 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Before using Blitter Copy you | | must have set the limits using | | Blitter Copy Limit, made sure | | that all screens have the same | | dimensions and are big enough. | | Using the blitter you can copy | | a bitplane to another one. S1 | | and S2 are source screens and | | S3 is the destination screen. | | P1 and P2 are the source | | bitplanes and P3 is the | | destination bitplane. It is | | possible to copy a biplane | | onto a different bitplane | | of the same screen. Blitter Copy S1,P1,S2,P2 To S3,P3,M |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Before using Blitter Copy you | | must have set the limits using | | Blitter Copy Limit, made sure | | that all screens have the same | | dimensions and are big enough. | | Using the blitter you can copy | | a bitplane to another one. S1 | | and S2 are source screens and | | S3 is the destination screen. | | P1 and P2 are the source | | bitplanes and P3 is the | | destination bitplane. It is | | possible to copy a biplane | | onto a different bitplane | | of the same screen. M is a | | bitmask which contains the | | miniterm value. This defines | | how the blitter copies the | | bitplane. Frequently used | | values: | | %11110000 Copy bitplane | | %00001111 Invert bitplane | | %11111100 Use logical OR | | %00000011 OR planes and | | invert | | %11000000 The 2 planes are | | ANDed | | %00111111 The 2 planes are | | ANDed and inverted | | %00111100 The 2 planes are | | XORed | | %11000011 The 2 planes are | | XORed and inverted | | %11111110 OR all planes | | (create mask) | | %00000001 OR all planes and | | invert them | | %10000000 logical AND on all | | planes | | %01111111 AND all planes and | | invert them Blitter Copy S1,P1,S2,P2,S3,P3 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Before using Blitter Copy you To S4,P4| | must have set the limits using | | Blitter Copy Limit, made sure | | that all screens have the same | | dimensions and are big enough. | | Using the blitter you can copy | | a bitplane to another one. S1, | | S2 and S3 are source screens | | and S4 is the destination | | screen. P1,P2 and P3 are the | | source bitplanes and P4 is the | | destination bitplane. It is | | possible to copy a biplane | | onto a different bitplane | | of the same screen. Blitter Copy S1,P1,S2,P2,S3,P3 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Before using Blitter Copy you To S4,P4,M| | must have set the limits using | | Blitter Copy Limit, made sure | | that all screens have the same | | dimensions and are big enough. | | Using the blitter you can copy | | a bitplane to another one. S1, | | S2 and S3 are source screens | | and S4 is the destination | | screen. P1,P2 and P3 are the | | source bitplanes and P4 is the | | destination bitplane. It is | | possible to copy a biplane | | onto a different bitplane | | of the same screen. M is a | | bitmask which contains the | | miniterm value. This defines | | how the blitter copies the | | bitplane. Frequently used | | values: | | %11110000 Copy bitplane | | %00001111 Invert bitplane | | %11111100 Use logical OR | | %00000011 OR planes and | | invert | | %11000000 The 2 planes are | | ANDed | | %00111111 The 2 planes are | | ANDed and inverted | | %00111100 The 2 planes are | | XORed | | %11000011 The 2 planes are | | XORed and inverted | | %11111110 OR all planes | | (create mask) | | %00000001 OR all planes and | | invert them | | %10000000 logical AND on all | | planes | | %01111111 AND all planes and | | invert them Blitter Copy Limit SCREEN |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Defines the rectangular area | | which will be used by the | | Blitter Copy command. SCREEN | | is the screen number that the | | full screen dimensions will be | | taken from. | | This area will be used for all | | screens, so you must ensure | | that every screen is atleast | | as big as the bottom-right | | corner of the specified | | limits. Blitter Copy Limit X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Defines the rectangular area | | which will be used by the | | Blitter Copy command. X1,Y1 | | is the top-left corner and | | X2,Y2 is the bottom-right. | | This area will be used for all | | screens, so you must ensure | | that every screen is atleast | | as big as the bottom-right | | corner of the specified | | limits. Blitter Fill SCREEN,BITPLANE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Uses the blitter to fill the | | bitplane BITPLANE on screen | | SCREEN. Remember that the | | blitter fills an area between | | 2 pixels, so if the screen is | | all one colour you will get | | strange results, and if the | | screen is black (e.g. all | | bitplanes are blank) you will | | get no results. Blitter Fill SCRN,BPLANE,X1,Y1,X2,Y2|AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Uses the blitter to fill the | | bitplane BITPLANE on screen | | SCREEN. X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 are | | the top-left and bottom-right | | area of the screen that will | | be affected. Remember that the | | blitter fills an area between | | 2 pixels, so if the screen is | | all one colour you will get | | strange results, and if the | | screen is black (e.g. all | | bitplanes are blank) you will | | get no results. Blitter Fill SCR1,P1 To SCR2,P2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Uses the blitter to fill the | | bitplane P1 on screen SCR1, | | however the filled objects | | are actually drawn onto | | bitplane P2 of screen SCR2. | | Remember that the blitter | | fills an area between 2 | | pixels, so if the screen is | | all one colour you will get | | strange results, and if the | | screen is black (e.g. all | | bitplanes are blank) you will | | get no results. Blitter Fill S1,P1,X1,Y1,X2,Y2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Uses the blitter to fill the To S2,P2| | bitplane P1 on screen SCR1 | | within the area defined by the | | coordinates X1,Y1 to X2,Y2. | | However the filled objects are | | actually drawn on bitplane P2 | | on screen S2. | | Remember that the blitter | | fills an area between 2 | | pixels, so if the screen is | | all one colour you will get | | strange results, and if the | | screen is black (e.g. all | | bitplanes are blank) you will | | get no results. Blitter Wait |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Waits for the Blitter chip to | | finish doing whatever it was | | doing. You are adviced to use | | this command before calling | | commands that draw on the | | without the use of the blitter | | chip (e.g. Print). You should | | also use this command before | | Wait Vbl too. Blue | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands (eg. Colour 1,Blue). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Blue) =Blue Val($RGB) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Finds the blue value of the | | colour and returns it. Boom | EME V3.0 DEMO | This command uses interrupts | (AMOS Pro Lib) | to simulate "white noise" and | (AMOS-TC Lib) | play a realistic explosive | | sound effect. The program does | | not stop, so you may have to | | use a Wait command between | | successive explosions. Brown | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands (eg. Colour 1,Brown). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Brown) Build Static Block | Turbo v1.9 | Converts linked block-list into | | a static block-list - see | | Reserve Static Block. =Busy Printer | Range/Shuffle? | This returns a value of 0 | | (false) if the printer is | | online and not busy, otherwise | | returns a value of -1 (true). =Bw Instr(S$,F$[,P]) | CRAFT v1.00 | Searches for the string F$ in | | string S$, starting from the | | end to the beginning of S$. | | P is an optional starting | | point, counted from the left | | of the string. Bzoom S1,X1,Y1,X2,Y2 To S2,X3,Y3,F |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Zooms an area of the screen | | to an integer multiple very | | fast. As a result the graphics | | are double, four times, or | | eight times as wide and from | | one to fifteen times as high | | as before. The command zooms | | the rectangular area from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 from screen S1 | | onto the screen S2 at the | | coordinates X3,Y3. | | The coordinates X1 and X2 are | | rounded down to the nearest | | multiple of 8, whilst X3 is | | rounded down to the nearest | | multiple of 16. You must also | | make sure that the zoomed area | | fits on the target screen, as | | no clipping is done. F defines | | how much the original image | | should be zoomed. It is | | divided into two nibbles: $YX. | | Y may be a value from 1 to F, | | whilst X must be either 1,2,4 | | or 8. | | Examples for F: | | $11 Copies the image without | | zooming | | $22 Zooms the image to twice | | the width and height | | $34 Zooms the image to four | | times the width and | | three times the height C Orange | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,C Orange). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=C Orange). | | Due to the way AMOS works | | Orange doesn't work - AMOS | | recognises it as "Or ANGE"! C2p Convert ST,WX,WY To SCR,X,Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | No official docs available. C2p Fire ST,WX,WY To ST2,SUB |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | No official docs available. C2p Shift ST,WX,WY To ST2,SUB |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | No official docs available. =Cd Date$(DATESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the datestamp as a | | string, in the format | | "WWW DD-MMM-YY". =Cd Day(DATESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the day in the month | | of the datestamp. The result | | will be between 1 and 31. =Cd Month(DATESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the month of the | | datestamp. The result will be | | between 1 and 12. =Cd String(DATE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns a datestamp, or -1 if | | the string is invalid. The | | string must be in the format | | "DD-MMM-YY" or "DD-month-YY". | | Strings such as "Today" or | | "Tomorrow" are also allowed. | | Weekday strings refer to the | | last occurance in the week | | (e.g. "Monday" represents last | | Monday and not next Monday). | | This command only works on | | OS 2.0 and above. =Cd Weekday(DATESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the weekday from the | | datestamp. The result will be | | between 1 (Monday) and 7 | | (Sunday). =Cd Year(DATESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the year from the | | datestamp. The result will be | | from 1978 onwards, but when | | the years range in the | | thousands (e.g. year=48763 | | or DATESTAMP=$7FFFFFFF) | | there will be a noticeable | | delay of several seconds | | whilst the calculations are | | being done. Change Bank Font BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the text font on the | | current screen to the one | | saved in bank BANK. If you | | change the font using this | | command no diskfont.library | | is required. | | Bank fonts can easily be | | created using the Make Bank | | Font command. Change Font FONT$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Opens a font directly from | | disk. This font will be taken | | for future text printouts. | | FONT$ contains the name (and | | path) of the font that is to | | be loaded (including the | | ".font" suffix). | | As no height parameter is | | used, the default size of 8 | | will be used. | | If you open lots of fonts you | | should use the Flush Libs | | command to remove unused fonts | | from memory. Also, if you use | | the Make Bank Font command | | you can convert this font into | | a memory bank, so you don't | | require diskfont.library and | | the font file anymore. Change Font FONT$,HEIGHT |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Opens a font directly from | | disk. This font will be taken | | for future text printouts. | | FONT$ contains the name (and | | path) of the font that is to | | be loaded (including the | | ".font" suffix). HEIGHT is the | | vertical size of the font, if | | it is omitted the default | | height of 8 will be used. | | If you open lots of fonts you | | should use the Flush Libs | | command to remove unused fonts | | from memory. Also, if you use | | the Make Bank Font command | | you can convert this font into | | a memory bank, so you don't | | require diskfont.library and | | the font file anymore. Change Font FONT$,HEIGHT,STYLE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Opens a font directly from | | disk. This font will be taken | | for future text printouts. | | FONT$ contains the name (and | | path) of the font that is to | | be loaded (including the | | ".font" suffix). HEIGHT is the | | vertical size of the font, if | | it is omitted the default | | height of 8 will be used. | | STYLE is only required for | | special cases and sets the | | type of requested character | | set (see Set Text). | | If you open lots of fonts you | | should use the Flush Libs | | command to remove unused fonts | | from memory. Also, if you use | | the Make Bank Font command | | you can convert this font into | | a memory bank, so you don't | | require diskfont.library and | | the font file anymore. Change Print Font BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Changes the character set that | | is used for the Print command. | | This font is always 8x8 pixels | | in size and contains 256 | | characters, which is stored in | | a memory bank exactly 2KB | | (2048 bytes) in size. Thus the | | bank that BANK points to has | | to be such a bank. | | These Print-Font banks can be | | created by hand (reserve bank | | and write 8 bytes per | | character), or with the help of | | the Font Editor supplied on | | the Accessories disk | | ("Font8x8_Editor.AMOS") and | | then loaded using Dload. Check Erase | Turbo v1.9 | Releases the memory used by | | the Reserve Check command =Check(START To END,X,Y) | Turbo v1.9 | Checks if the coordinates X,Y | | are within a zone. START and | | END are the zones to check. =Checksum(START To END) | Tools V1.01 | Returns the checksum of the | | contents of memory between | | the addresses START and END. =Chip Max Block | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the length of the | | biggest continous block of | | chip RAM. =Chr Conv$(A$,CHR1 To CHR2) | CRAFT v1.00 | Converts all CHR1 characters | | in string A$ to character CHR2 =Chr Dump$(ADDRESS,LENGTH) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the memory starting at | | ADDRESS to ADDRESS+LENGTH in | | ASCII and converts all control | | characters (<32) to full stops =Chr.l$(VALUE) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Converts a number (VALUE) into | | a 4 byte string. Using this | | technique you can save numbers | | as normal strings. =Chr.w$(VALUE) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Converts a number (VALUE) into | | a 2 byte string. The upper 16 | | bits are ignored, so you | | should only use values from 0 | | up to 65535. Cli COMMAND$,HANDLE,FILENAME$ | Ercole 1.6 & | Calls CLI commands from AMOS. | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | COMMAND$ is the command to be | | called; HANDLE is the input | | file handle if needed, else | | it's 0; FILENAME$ is the name | | of the file where output from | | the command will be redirected | | to. Cli Execute COMMAND$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Executes a DOS command stored | | in the string COMMAND$ =Cli Here | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns -1 (true) if the user | | can print text to the CLI Cli Print TEXT$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Prints the string TEXT$ to the | | CLI window where AMOS was | | started from =Command Name$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the file name of the | | program under which AMOS or | | the compiled program has been | | started. This is required, for | | example, to read the own Tool | | Types. Convert Grey SCREEN1 To SCREEN2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Takes a screen (SCREEN1) and | | creates a greyscale image of | | it on a second screen | | (SCREEN2). HAM (hold-and- | | modify) and EHB (extra-half- | | bright) source screens are | | supported. The number of | | colours on the target screen | | will be taken into account, | | so it makes no sense to open | | a HAM screen for a greyscale | | image. | | You must have already opened | | the target screen (SCREEN2) | | and set the greyscale palette | | for the target screen before | | using this command. | | Example: | | W=320: H=256: C=16 | | Screen Open 0,W,H,C,Lowres | | Screen Open 1,W,H,C,Lowres | | Screen 1: Flash Off | | For C=0 To 15 | | RGB=Glue Colour(C,C,C) | | Colour C,RGB | | Next C | | Screen To Front 0: Rem source | | Screen 0: Flash Off | | For C=0 To 15 | | Pen C: TXT$="testing.. " | | Print TXT$;TXT$;TXT$ | | Next C | | Screen To Front 1: Rem target | | Convert Grey 0 To 1 Coords Bank BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Switches current coordinate | | bank to BANK and doesn't erase | | it. So you can jump between | | predefined banks. Coords Bank BANK,COORDS |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Reserves bank BANK ready to | | store a coordinates array. | | These banks can be used by | | Splinters. COORDS holds the | | number of coordinates that the | | bank should hold. Each | | coordinate requires 4 bytes. | | See Coords Read and =Count | | Pixel. | | This bank is temporary. If you | | wish the bank to remain in | | memory permanently you will | | have to use the Bank Permanent | | command. Coords Read SCR,X1,Y1 To X2,Y2,B,M |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Reads the coordinates for | | Splinters into a bank. The | | bank B must have been defined | | by using the Coords Bank | | command. SCREEN is the screen | | which the pixels are on. | | COLOUR is the background | | colour that will be left out | | when reading the pixels. X1,Y1 | | and X2,Y2 define the area that | | will be checked and all pixels | | that don't have colour COLOUR | | will be stored in the bank. | | M is the mode setting, when | | set to 0 the coordinates will | | be read and stored in order, | | or if set to 1 the coordinates | | will be shuffled. =Cop Pos |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | If you create your own | | copperlist, you can use this | | function to remember the | | position of the next copper | | instruction. Later you can | | then write to this address | | directly to change the values | | of a copper instruction. =Count Pixels(SCREEN,COL,X1,Y1 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Counts the pixels in the area To X2,Y2)| | from X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 on screen | | SCREEN, that don't have the | | colour index COL. This can be | | used to first acquire the | | number of points in the area | | and then to reserve a | | coordinates bank (see Coords | | Bank and Coords Read). =Cpu |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the identification | | number of the central | | processing unit currently | | installed in your Amiga. This | | number can lie between 68000 | | to 68060. Kickstart 1.3 only | | knows CPU's to the 68020. =Cpu Info | Turbo v1.9 | Returns the CPU your Amiga has =Craft Version | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the version of CRAFT | | x100 (eg. version 1.00 = 100) =Ct Hour(TIMESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates the hour from the | | timestamp. =Ct Minute(TIMESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates the minutes from | | the timestamp. =Ct Second(TIMESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | calculates the seconds from | | the timestamp. =Ct String(TIME$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Evaluates the time from the | | TIME$ string and then returns | | the time as a number, or -1 if | | the string is invalid. This | | only works on OS2.0 and above. | | TIME$ must be in the format | | "HH:MM" or "HH:MM:SS". =Ct Tick(TIMESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates the number of ticks | | (1/50 of a second) from the | | timestamp. =Ct Time$(TIMESTAMP) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Converts the timestamp into a | | string in the format | | "HH:MM:SS". It does not check | | to see if the returned string | | is valid, so if the timestamp | | is invalid then so will be the | | returned string. =Current Date |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the current system | | date as a timestamp. This | | value counts the days passed | | since 1st January 1978. See | | AMCAF's =Cd Date$ function | | on how to retrieve the date | | from the timestamp. =Current Time |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns a timestamp. This is | | not a value in the standard | | DOS format, as this would | | require 2 longwords (8 bytes). | | The time is created out of | | Wordswap(minutes)+ticks. | | See AMCAF's =Ct Time$ function | | on how to retrieve the time | | from the timestamp. =Cutstr$(STRING$,START To END) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Cuts out part of the string | | (STRING$) from START to END | | and returns the result. | | Example: | | Cutstr$("Hi my m8!",4 to 6) | | -> "Hi m8!" Cyan | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands (eg. Colour 1,Cyan). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Cyan). Dark Blue | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Dark Blue). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Dark Blue) Dark Brown | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Dark Brown). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Dark Brown) Dark Cyan | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Dark Cyan). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Dark Cyan) Dark Green | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Dark Green). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Dark Green) Dark Grey | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Dark Grey). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Dark Grey) Dark Magenta | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Dark Magenta). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Dark Magenta) Dark Red | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Dark Red). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Dark Red) Dark Yellow | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Dark Yellow). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Dark Yellow) =Db Free(DRIVE$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the amount of free | | space on the drive DRIVE$. | | Returns -1 if no drive found =Db Size(DRIVE$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the size of a block | | on the drive DRIVE$. | | Returns -1 if no drive found =Db Used(DRIVE$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the amount of used | | space on the drive DRIVE$. | | Returns -1 if no drive found Decode START,LENGTH,PASSWORD$ | Tools V1.01 | Decodes memory scrambled using | | the Encode command. START and | | LENGTH specify the starting | | address and length of the area | | of memory to decode. PASSWORD$ | | has to be the same as used | | with the Encode command. Define Attr OBJECT,ELEMENT To C,DRM | Turbo v1.9 | Defines vector ELEMENT in | | object OBJECT as an attribute | | instruction, allowing you to | | set the colour (C) and the | | draw mode (DRM) Define Draw OBJECT,ELEMENT To X,Y | Turbo v1.9 | Defines vector ELEMENT in | | object OBJECT as a draw | | instruction with X and Y as | | the coordinates Define Move OBJECT,ELEMENT To X,Y | Turbo v1.9 | Defines vector ELEMENT in | | object OBJECT as a move | | instruction with X and Y as | | the coordinates Define Star NR,X,Y,X_SPEED,Y_SPEED | Turbo v1.9 | Defines 'star' NR, with X and | | Y as the inital coordinates. | | X_SPEED and Y_SPEED define | | the speed of the 'star' Define Stop OBJECT,ELEMENT | Turbo v1.9 | Defines vector ELEMENT in | | object OBJECT as a stop | | instruction. The last element | | must always be a stop | | instruction. It can be | | changed to a move/draw/attr | | instruction later as long as | | the new elements are finished | | with a stop instruction Del Bank Colour B,N,INDEX | CRAFT v1.00 | Deletes the colour INDEX | | located at position N in bank | | B. Del Wave NUMBER | EME V3.0 DEMO | Deletes the wave (NUMBER) that | (AMOS Pro Lib) | was previously created with | (AMOS-TC Lib) | the Set Wave command. =Delta About$ | Delta v1.4 | Returns something about ??? =Delta American Mile$ | Delta v1.4 | Returns one american sea mile | | in meters. =Delta Brithday | Delta v1.4 | Returns ???'s birthday Delta Change Disk | Delta v1.4 | Wait for a disk change Delta Crunch X | Delta v1.4 | Visual effect when decrunching =Delta Degree$ | Delta v1.4 | Returns one degree in radians Delta Drive Motor Off | Delta v1.4 | Turn off disk drive motor(df0:?) Delta Drive Motor On | Delta v1.4 | Turn on disk drive motor (df0:?) =Delta E# | Delta v1.4 | Returns rule of natural | | logarithms =Delta Euler$ | Delta v1.4 | Returns variable of Euler's | | constants =Delta English Mile$ | Delta v1.4 | Returns one english sea mile | | in meters =Delta Feet$ | Delta v1.4 | Returns one feet in meters =Delta Inch$ | Delta v1.4 | Returns one inch in meters Delta Inter Off | Delta v1.4 | Turn off interrupts Delta Inter On | Delta v1.4 | Turn on interrupts Delta Mouse Off | Delta v1.4 | Turn off mouse pointer Delta No Synchro | Delta v1.4 | Small visual effect Delta Ntsc | Delta v1.4 | Set NTSC mode Delta Pal | Delta v1.4 | Set PAL mode =Delta Pi# | Delta v1.4 | Returns PI constant =Delta Radian$ | Delta v1.4 | Returns one radian in degrees Delta Reset | Delta v1.4 | Resets the Amiga Delta Wait Double Mouse X | Delta v1.4 | Wait for double-click of left | | mouse button Delta Wait Fire | Delta v1.4 | Wait for fire button (J0?) to | | be pressed Delta Wait Left Mouse | Delta v1.4 | Wait for left mouse button to | | be pressed =Delta Yard$ | Delta v1.4 | Returns one yard in meters =Disc Error | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the latest AmigaDOS | | error number =Disc State(DRIVE$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the state of the drive | | DRIVE$. (eg. -1=Not a DOS disk, | | 0=Disk write protected, 1=Disk | | not validated, 2=Disk is fully | | accessible) =Disc Type$(DRIVE$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the type of disk in | | the drive. (eg. DOS=Normal | | AmigaDOS disk (OFS), | | DOS+Chr$(1)=Normal AmigaDOS | | disk (FFS), NDOS=Not an | | AmigaDOS disk, BAD=Disk | | structure is corrupt, | | KICK=Kickstart disk) =Disk State(DISK$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Acquires the current state of | | disk drive. It returns a | | bitmap with the following | | meanings: | | %00 The disk is not write | | protected | | %01 The disk is write | | protected or currently | | being validated | | %10 The disk is not in use | | %11 The disk is in use | | If no disk is in the drive, it | | should return -1, but instead | | a requester will be opened | | stating "No disk in drive | | xxx:" which creates the error | | "File not found". Please use | | the following workaround: | | Request Off | | Trap FLAGS=Disk State(DISK$) | | Request On | | If Errtrap Then FLAGS=-1 =Disk Type(DIR$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the type of the | | directory. The value returned | | has the following meanings: | | 0 It is a real device | | (e.g. "DF0:") | | 1 The path is a directory | | assign (e.g. "LIBS:") | | 2 It is the name of a volume | | (e.g. "Workbench2.0:") | | Using this function you can | | filter specific disk types out | | of a device list. Display Stars | Turbo v1.9 | Displays the 'stars' on the | | screen and computes the next | | position of the 'stars'. | | Uses the MC680x0 CPU Dload FILE$,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Loads a file straight into | | a permanent bank. BANK is the | | bank number that the file is | | to be loaded into. If the bank | | doesn't already exist, it will | | be created before the file is | | loaded. =Dos Hash(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the hash value of a | | file. Only for advanced users | | that want to read directly | | from DOS disks. =Dr Comment$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the comment installed | | to the current file =Dr Fib | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the address of the | | File Info Block (FIB) Dr Forget | CRAFT v1.00 | Erases all the directory | | reading data. If you are | | reading a directory, you | | can't delete it before before | | you use this instruction. | | This command is automatically | | run when the Default command | | is used, or when a program is | | executed =Dr Length | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the length of the | | current file. Directories | | always have a length of 0 =Dr Name$(PATH$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the name of the | | directory PATH$ and initalises | | the directory reading process =Dr Next$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the next name of the | | directory. If there are no | | more entries an empty string | | is returned. =Dr Protect | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the protection bits | | of the current file =Dr Type | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the type of the | | current (eg. >0 directory, | | <0 file). Dsave FILE$,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Saves the permanent bank BANK | | as FILE$. The file contains no | | AMOS bank header data, so just | | the data from Start(BANK) to | | Start(BANK)+Length(BANK) is | | saved. =Dump | Dump v1.0 | Dumps the entire screen to the | | printer. Returns an error | | number if there is a problem. =Dump(X1,Y1 to X2,Y2) | Dump v1.0 | Dumps a portion of the screen | | to the printer. X1,Y1 is the | | top-left corner and X2,Y2 is | | the bottom-right corner of the | | area to be dumped. =Dump(X1,Y1 to X2,Y2,PX,PY,S) | Dump v1.0 | As the previous command, but | | PX is the image width in | | printer pixels and PY is the | | image height in printer | | pixels. S is a special command | | parameter which tells the | | printer how to do the dump. =Dump Err$ | Dump v1.0 | Returns a string describing | | the last printer error that | | occured. Can also be used as | | part of the print command, eg: | | Print "ERROR!!! - ";Dump Err$ =El Base(X) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the address of an | | extensions datazone if X>0 and | | <26. If X=0 it returns the | | address of AMOS' internal | | datazone. If X<0 various | | values may be returned which | | helped to debug Easy Life or | | for Easy Life support programs | | to communicate with the | | extension - DO NOT USE THESE! | | A value of 0 will be returned | | if the bank has no datazone or | | if there is no extension. =El Lapex | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the x coordinate of | | the bottom-right corner of | | the overlap area - see the | | El Overlap command. =El Lapey | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the y coordinate of | | the bottom-right corner of | | the overlap area - see the | | El Overlap command. =El Lapsx | Easy Life V1.10 | Same as El Lapex, but for the | | top-left corner of the overlap | | area - see the El Overlap | | command. =El Lapsy | Easy Life V1.10 | Same as El Lapey, but for the | | top-left corner of the overlap | | area = see the El Overlap | | command. =El Overlap(A1,B1,A2,B2 to X1,Y1, | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns -1 (true) if the two X2,Y2) | | rectangles overlap. A1,B1 to | | A2.B2 is the first rectangle | | and X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 is the | | second one. | | If they don't overlap then it | | returns 0 (false) and the | | values of the other functions | | are undefined. =Elbank Name$(BANK) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the name of bank BANK. =Elbnk Here(BANK) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns -1 (true) if bank BANK | | exists, otherwise returns 0 | | (false). Elclose Font FONTID | Easy Life V1.10 | Tells the OS you have finished | | with a particular font and | | will free up memory if no | | other task is using it. Elclose Fonts | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but with all | | fonts. =Elcompiled | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns 1 (true) if the | | program is running as a | | stand-alone program and false | | (0) when run under AMOS. =Elexec(FILENAME$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Executes the specified file | | and passes it AMOS' standard | | input & output. It returns the | | AmigaDOS return code of the | | program as a result. | | (eg. 0=No error, 5=Warning, | | 10=Error and 20=Fail) =Elexists(FILENAME$) | Easy Life V1.10 | If the file doesn't exist | | a "Please Insert Volume..." | | requestor appears. If a number | | is returned: | | 0= the file does not exist | | <0 the file does exist | | 0> FILENAME$ is a directory! =Elextb(NUMBER) | Easy Life V1.10 | Extends NUMBER from a byte to | | a longword by copying bit 7 | | to the bits 8 to 31. =Elextw(NUMBER) | Easy Life V1.10 | As above, but for words. =Elf Asc(STRING$,CHR) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the first occurance of | | character CHR in string the | | STRING$. If nothing is found | | it returns 0. =Elf Asc(STRING$,CHR,POS) | Easy Life V1.10 | As above, but the search | | starts from POS+1. =Elf Char(STRING$,CHR$) | Easy Life V1.10 | As Elf Asc, but searches for a | | string CHR$ instead of just | | one character. If nothing is | | found it returns 0. =Elf Char(STRING$,CHR$,POS) | Easy Life V1.10 | As above, but the search | | starts from POS+1. =Elf Control(STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Searches for the first | | occurance of a control | | character (<32). Can be used | | to determine if a string is | | printable. If no control | | characters are found it | | returns 0. =Elf Control(STRING$,POS) | Easy Life V1.10 | As above, but the search is | | started from position POS+1. Elf Fail Start | Easy Life V1.10 | Documentation error. No | | information available, use at | | your own risk. Elf Fail End | Easy Life V1.10 | Documentation error. No | | information available, use at | | your own risk. =Elf Last Asc(STRING$,CHR) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the first occurence | | of character CHR in the string | | STRING$. The search starts | | from the end of the string to | | the beginning. If nothing is | | found 0 is returned. =Elf Last Asc(STRING$,CHR,POS) | Easy Life V1.10 | As above, but the search | | starts from POS-1. =Elf Last Char(STRING$,CHR$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the first occurance of | | the characters CHR$ in the | | string STRING$. The search | | starts from the end of the | | string to the beginning. | | If nothing is found then 0 is | | returned. =Elf Last Char(STRING$,CHR$,POS) | Easy Life V1.10 | As above, but the search | | starts from POS-1. =Elf Last Not Asc(STRING$,CHR) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the first occurence | | in the string STRING$ of the | | character that is not | | character CHR. The search | | starts from the end of the | | string to the beginning. | | If nothing is found then 0 is | | returned. =Elf Last Not Asc(STRING$,CHR,POS) | Easy Life V1.10 | As above, but the search | | from POS-1. =Elf Last Not Char(STRING$,CHR$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the first occurance | | in the string STRING$ of a | | character that is not in the | | string CHR$. The search starts | | from the end of the string to | | the beginning. If nothing is | | found then 0 is returned. =Elf Last Not Char(STRING$,CHR$,POS) | Easy Life V1.10 | As above, but the search | | starts from POS-1. =Elf Not Asc(STRING$,CHR) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the position of the | | first character found in the | | string STRING$ that is not | | character CHR. If nothing is | | found it returns 0. =Elf Not Asc(STRING$,CHR,POS) | Easy Life V1.10 | As above, but the search | | starts from position POS+1. =Elf Not Char(STRING$,CHR$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the position of the | | first character found in the | | string STRING$ which is not | | in the string CHR$. If nothing | | is found it returns 0. =Elf Not Char(STRING$,CHR$,POS) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but the search | | starts from position POS+1. =Elf Nth Asc(STRING$,CHR,N) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the position of the | | Nth occurance of character CHR | | in the string STRING$. If | | the specified character | | doesn't occur N times in the | | string it returns 0. =Elf Nth Char(STRING$,CHR$,N) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but searches for | | the Nth occurance of the | | string CHR$ in the string | | STRING$. =Elf Num Asc(STRING$,CHR) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the number of times | | character CHR is found in the | | string STRING$. =Elf Num Char(STRING$,CHR$) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for any of | | the characters found in CHR$. | | If the string CHR$ contains | | the same letter more than once, | | it's only counted once. =Eliconify Amos (X,Y,TITLE$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Opens the workbench screen and | | a small window on it at the | | coordinates X,Y with the name | | TITLE$. It acts just like a | | standard workbench window. | | If you activate the window and | | then press the right mouse | | button, or click on the close | | gadget, the window is closed | | and a value is returned | | (eg. -1= Close gadget pressed; | | 0= Right mouse button pressed | | with the window active; | | 1= Couldn't open workbench | | screen, as there is not enough | | memory; 2= Couldn't open | | window, as it's unable to fit | | on the screen at the given | | coordinates). | | The AMOS program is suspended | | until the user de-iconifies | | it. You can keep your program | | running while iconified by | | using the other iconify | | functions instead. =Eliconify Begin(X,Y,TITLE$) | Easy Life V1.10 | The same as Eliconify Amos, | | but returns a result | | immediately (eg. 0= Window | | opened successfully; | | 1= Couldn't open the workbench | | screen; 2= Couldn't open the | | window). Eliconify End | Easy Life V1.10 | Closes the window opened by | | the Eliconify Begin command. =Eliconify Test | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns a value depending on | | the users actions (eg. -1= The | | user has pressed the right | | mouse button in the window | | title bar since the last call; | | 0= The user has done nothing | | since the last call; 1= The | | user has pressed the close | | window gadget since the last | | call). =Elin$(NUMCHARS) | Easy Life V1.10 | Reads up to NUMCHAR characters | | from standard keyboard input, | | but stops when a user presses | | return. NUMCHARS should | | normally be 256. | | It suspends AMOS until it is | | finished taking input. Also | | make sure that the command | | Amos To Back has been used | | first when waiting for | | interactive input, otherwise | | AMOS will freeze! =Elin Exists | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns -1 (true) when there | | is an active standard input | | available for AMOS to read | | from. =Elin Get$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns a single character | | from the standard input, or | | "" if nothing has been typed. Ellchg BIT,ADDRESS | Easy Life V1.10 | Inverts bit BIT of the | | longword at address ADDRESS. | | ADDRESS has to be even and | | BIT can be 0 to 31. Ellclr BIT,ADDRESS | Easy Life V1.10 | Clears bit BIT of the longword | | at address ADDRESS. | | ADDRESS has to be even and | | BIT can be 0 to 31. =Ellock Font(NAME$,SIZE) | Easy Life V1.10 | This command has been removed | | from EasyLife, as it was | | unreliable with Kickstart 2.0+ | | and has been superceeded by | | the Elopen Font, Elclose Font, | | Elclose Fonts & Elset Font | | commands. =Ellong(NUM$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Converts the first 4 bytes of | | the string NUM$ into an AMOS | | integer and returns the value. | | NUM$ must be atleast 4 bytes | | in length. =Ellong$(NUM) | Easy Life V1.10 | Converts the value NUM into | | a 4 byte string and returns | | the result. Ellset BIT,ADDRESS | Easy Life V1.10 | Sets bit BIT of the longword | | at address ADDRESS. | | ADDRESS has to be even and | | BIT can be 0 to 31. =Elltst(BIT,ADDRESS) | Easy Life V1.10 | Tests bit BIT of a longword at | | address ADDRESS. Returns -1 | | (true) if the bit is set, or 0 | | (false) if it isn't. BIT can | | be 0 to 31 and ADDRESS must be | | even. Elmem ADDRESS,STRING$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Copies the string STRING$ into | | memory starting at address | | ADDRESS. =Elmem$(ADDRESS,SLENGTH) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns a string containing | | the data from ADDRESS to | | ADDRESS+SLENGTH. =Elmem$(ADDRESS,SLENGTH,DELIMITER) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns a string containing | | the data from ADDRESS to | | ADDRESS+SLENGTH unless | | character DELIMITER is found. | | The DELIMITER character is not | | returned as part of the | | string. | | SLENGTH must be 0 to 65535 and | | DELIMETER must be 0 to 255. =Elmem Inc(ADDRESS,STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the length of the | | string STRING$ added to the | | address ADDRESS. It's the same | | as =ADDRESS+Len(STRING$). =Elmessage$(BANK,GROUP,NUMBER) | Easy Life V1.10 | Reads a message from a message | | bank. BANK is the bank number, | | or an address. GROUP and | | NUMBER used to identify the | | message. =Elmessage Exists(ADDRESS,NAME,START)| Easy Life V1.10 | Returns whether a given | | message has been defined | | within a message bank, or as a | | boolean. ADDRESS can be a bank | | number. NAME and START are the | | message identifiers. Elmz set GROUP,ID | Easy Life V1.10 | Erases specified zone. Elmz set GROUP,ID,X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 | Easy Life V1.10 | This is nearly the same as | | AMOS' Set Zone command, except | | you must supply a group number | | too. GROUP and ID must be | | between 1 and 65535. X1,Y1,X2 | | amd Y2 can be between -32768 | | and 32767. | | NB: Yes, there are 2 spaces | | between 'Elmz' and 'set'! Elmz Erase GROUP | Easy Life V1.10 | Erase all zones in the given | | GROUP, freeing up memory in | | the zone table. Elmz Reserve NUMBER | Easy Life V1.10 | Reserves memory for NUMBER | | zones. NUMBER can be 2 to 5460 | | and must be even - if it isn't | | it is rounded up. | | EasyLife zone commands can't | | be used at the same time as | | the normal AMOS zone commands | | and vice versa. | | If you call the Elmz Reserve | | command again all previously | | defined zones will be erased. =Elmznex(GROUP,ID) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the X coordinate of | | the bottom-right corner of the | | zone specified by GROUP and | | ID. =Elmzney(GROUP,ID) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for the Y | | coordinate. =Elmznsx(GROUP,ID) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the X coordinate of | | the top-left corner of the | | zone specified by GROUP and | | ID. =Elmznsy(GROUP,ID) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for Y | | coordinate. =Elmzone(X,Y) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the zone ID of the | | first multi zone on the | | current screen that the point | | X,Y lies within. If nothing | | is found it returns 0. =Elmzone(X,Y,GROUP) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but only checks | | the zones in one particular | | group. =Elmzoneg | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the group number of | | the last multi-zone ID | | returned by the previous | | Elmzone or Elmzonen command. =Elmzonen | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the zone ID of the | | next multi zone that the point | | specified in the last | | =Elmzone(X,Y) command lies | | within. | | If =Elmzone(X,Y,GROUP) was | | used last it returns the next | | zone in the searched group | | that contains the point. | | If nothing is found 0 is | | returned. =Elopen Font(NAME$,SIZE) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns a font ID number to | | use with Elset Font. NAME$ is | | the name of the font, which | | must include the ".font" | | suffix. SIZE is the point size | | of the font. | | This is a replacement for the | | normal AMOS font commands. Elout STRING$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Sends the string STRING$ to | | the output console. =Elout Exists | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns -1 (true) when there | | is a standard output console | | window available to write to, | | otherwise 0 (false) is | | returned. =Elpad Asc(STRING$,CHR,LENGTH) | Easy Life V1.10 | If the length of the string | | STRING$ is greater than or | | equal to LENGTH, STRING$ is | | returned unaltered. Otherwise | | STRING$ is returned with | | enough character CHR's to make | | it's length LENGTH. | | CHR must be between 0 and 255. =Elpad Char(STRING$,CHR$,LENGTH) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but add's CHR$ | | enough times to make it length | | LENGTH. Currently only uses | | the first character in CHR$ to | | pad out string STRING$. CHR$ | | can't be an empty string. =Elpat Case(PATTERN$,STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns -1 (true) if the | | string STRING$ matches the | | pattern PATTERN$, or 0 (false) | | if it doesn't. | | This command is case sensitive. =Elpat Def(STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Tests string STRING$ against | | the most recently defined | | pattern with the =Elpat Def | | commmand. It returns -1 (true) | | if the pattern matches, or 0 | | (false) if it doesn't. | | Use with Elpat Set Case and | | Elpat Set Nocase. =Elpat Escape(STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | This function escapes all the | | special pattern characters in | | STRING$, by preceding them | | with an '. It is useful where | | the string input by the user | | is to form part of a pattern. | | By escaping the string first, | | you prevent it from changing | | the pattern behaviour. =Elpat Free | Easy Life V1.10 | Used to free up the memory | | containing the compiled | | pattern when it is no longer | | needed. =Elpat Nocase(PATTERN$,STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Same as =Elpat Case, but this | | version isn't case sensitive. =Elpat Remove(PATTERN$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Removes all unecessary pattern | | matching characters from the | | string PATTERN$. Elpat Set Case PATTERN$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Used to select a pattern to | | match strings against. This | | checks the validity of the | | pattern, and compiles it to | | the internal format. This | | commmand is case sensitive. Elpat Set Nocase PATTERN$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Same as the Elpat Set Case | | command, but not case | | sensitive. =Elpat Test(STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns -1 (true) if the | | string STRING$ contains any | | special pattern matching | | control characters, or 0 | | (false) if it doesn't. It can | | be used to decide whether to | | compare the pattern with | | pattern matching, or with the | | much faster AMOS string | | comparison. Elpp Allocate NUMBER,LENGTH | Easy Life V1.10 | Reserves a buffer which is | | LENGTH bytes long. NUMBER is | | the buffer number and must be | | in the range 0-7. =Elpp Buf(NUMBER) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the starting address | | of a buffer. NUMBER must be | | in the range 0-7. =Elpp Crunch(FILE$,ST,LEN,EFF,BUFFER)| Easy Life V1.10 | Saves a block of memory after | | crunching it with the | | powerpacker routine and then | | returns the length of the | | crunched file. | | FILE$ is the name of the file | | and must include a valid | | path. | | ST is the start of memory. | | LEN is the length, in bytes. | | EFF is efficiency from 0-4. | | 0=Fastest, poorest crunch | | 4=Slowest, best crunch | | BUFFER is the size of crunch | | speedup buffer to use. | | 0=Large, 1=Medium, | | 2=Small Elpp Free NUMBER | Easy Life V1.10 | Removes buffer NUMBER and | | returns the memory to the | | system. Elpp Free All | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but removes all | | buffers. Elpp Keep On | Easy Life V1.10 | Makes EasyLife load the | | powerpacker library (if it | | isn't already in memory) and | | prevents it being removed from | | memory until Elpp Keep Off is | | used. Elpp Keep Off | Easy Life V1.10 | Informs the memory manager | | that EasyLife has finished | | with the powerpacker library. | | If no other processes are | | using it, the memory manager | | will remove it from memory. =Elpp Len(NUMBER) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the length of a | | buffer. NUMBER must be in the | | range 0-7. Elpp Load BUFFER,FILE$,DECRUNCH | Easy Life V1.10 | Loads file FILE$ into memory, | | and decrunches it, if it was | | compacted with powerpacker. | | BUFFER is the buffer number to | | load the file into, and must | | be in the range 0-7. DECRUNCH | | specified what happens whilst | | decrunching and must be 0-4. | | 0=Flash colour 0 | | 1=Flash colour 1 | | 2=Flash colour 17 (mouse) | | 3=Wobble screen (not on AMOS!) | | 4=Do nothing while decrunching =Elpro | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns -1 (true) when your | | program is run from AMOS Pro, | | or if it was compiled by the | | AMOS Pro compiler. | | It returns 0 (false) when run | | from AMOS: The Creator or | | compiled by the AMOS: The | | Creator compiler. =Elprotect(FILE$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the the protection | | bits of a file or directory as | | an integer. Elraster Wait SCANLINE | Easy Life V1.10 | Waits for the raster beam to | | reach a given scanline. This | | command checks all 9 bits, so | | you can wait on values >256. Elreset NUMBER | Easy Life V1.10 | Makes extension number NUMBER | | think that the AMOS Default | | command was called, and the | | extension will reset itself. | | However, the Default command | | was not called, so the screen | | etc. is not reset. Els Bank Name BANK,NAME$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Changes the name of bank BANK | | to NAME$. NAME$ must be | | exactly 8 characters long. Els Protect FILENAME$,BITS | Easy Life V1.10 | Set new protection values, | | corresponding to 'hsparwed'. | | For the lower 4 bits, 0 means | | on and 1 off. However, for the | | upper 4 bits 0 is off and 1 is | | on. For example the default | | flags '----rwed' have a value | | of 0. | | h=hidden s=script file | | p=pure file a=archive | | r=readable w=writeable | | e=executable d=deletable Elset Font FONTID | Easy Life V1.10 | Sets a font using the FONTID | | number returned from the | | Elopen Font command. Elunlock Fonts | Easy Life V1.10 | This command has been removed | | from EasyLife, as it was | | unreliable with Kickstart 2.0+ | | and has been superceeded by | | the Elopen Font, Elclose Font, | | Elclose Fonts & Elset Font | | commands. =Elwb Close | Easy Life V1.10 | Attempts to close workbench | | and returns -1 (true) if | | successful, 0 (false) it not. =Elwb Open | Easy Life V1.10 | Attempts to open workbench. | | Returns -1 (true) if it is | | successful, 0 (flase) if not. =Elwb Test | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns -1 (true) if workbench | | is currently open, or 0 | | (false) if not. Elwchg BIT.ADDRESS | Easy Life V1.10 | Inverts bit BIT of the word at | | the address ADDRESS. | | ADDRESS has to be even and | | BIT can be 0 to 15. Elwclr BIT,ADDRESS | Easy Life V1.10 | Clears bit BIT of the word at | | the address ADDRESS. | | ADDRESS has to be even and | | BIT can be 0 to 15. =Elword(NUM$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Converts the first 2 bytes in | | NUM$ to an AMOS integer and | | returns the result. | | NUM$ must be atleast 2 bytes | | in length. Negative numbers | | will be returned if the result | | is between 32768 and 65535. =Elword$(NUM) | Easy Life V1.10 | Converts the value NUM into | | a 2 byte string and returns | | the result. Elwset BIT,ADDRESS | Easy Life V1.10 | Sets bit BIT of the word at | | address ADDRESS. | | ADDRESS has to be even and | | BIT can be 0 to 15. =Elwtst(BIT,ADDRESS) | Easy Life V1.10 | Test bit BIT of a word at | | address ADDRESS. Returns -1 | | (true) if the bit is set, or 0 | | (false) if it isn't. BIT can | | be 0 to 15 and ADDRESS must be | | even. Elxpk Bload FILE$ To ADDR | Easy Life V1.10 | Loads XPK crunched data into | | memory starting at address | | ADDR. You must allocate enough | | memory for the file, plus an | | extra 256 bytes decompression | | space. Will also load | | uncrunched data, but the extra | | 256 bytes must still be | | allocated. Elxpk Bload FILE$,PASSWORD$ To ADDR | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but if an | | encryption string is needed | | stick it in the string | | PASSWORD$. Elxpk Bsave ST,LEN To FILE$,METHOD$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Saves a block of memory to the | | file FILE$. ST is the start | | and LEN is the length. The | | last byte is not saved as part | | of the file. METHOD$ is the | | XPK packing method to use. Elxpk Bsave ST,LEN To FILE$, | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but with the METHOD$,PASSWORD$| | option of using an encryption | | string stored in PASSWORD$. =Elxpk Error | Easy Life V1.10 | If an error message appears | | use this to find the error | | number. Error codes are listed | | below for your convenience. | | 0 No error. | | -1 Function not implemented. | | -2 No files allowed for this | | function. | | -3 Input error happened. | | -4 Output error happened. | | -5 Checksum test failed, as | | the file is corrupt. | | -6 Packed files version newer | | than your libraries. | | -7 Out of memory. | | -8 For not-reentrant | | libraries. | | -9 Was not packed with this | | library. | | -10 Output buffer too small. | | -11 Input buffer too large. | | -12 This packing mode not | | supported. | | -13 Password needed for | | decoding this file. | | -14 Packed file is corrupt. | | -15 Required library is | | missing. | | -16 Caller's TagList was | | screwed up. | | -17 Would have caused data | | expansion. | | -18 Can't find requested | | method. | | -19 Operation aborted by user. | | -20 Input file is truncated. | | -21 Better CPU required for | | this library. | | -22 Data are already XPacked. | | -23 Data not packed. | | -24 File already exists. | | -25 Master library too old. | | -26 Sub library too old. | | -27 Cannot encrypt. | | -28 Can't get info on that | | packer. | | -29 This compression method | | is lossy. | | -30 Compression hardware | | required. | | -31 Compression hardware | | failed. | | -32 Password was wrong. Elxpk Load FILE$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Loads an AMOSPro bank that has | | that has been saved with the | | Elxpk Save command. The bank | | will be loaded back into the | | bank from which it was saved. Elxpk Load FILE$ To BANK | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but loads the | | file into the bank specified | | by BANK. Elxpk Load FILE$,PASSWORD$ | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but loads FILE$ | | into the bank into the bank it | | was originally saved from, | | if the PASSWORD$ is correct. Elxpk Load FILE$,PASSWORD$ To BANK | Easy Life V1.10 | AS previous, but loads FILE$ | | into the specified bank, if | | the PASSWORD$ is correct. =Elxpk Lof(FILE$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the length of FILE$. | | If it has been compressed with | | XPK or Powerpacker then it | | returns the length of the | | uncompressed file. Elxpk Save BANK To FILE$,METHOD | Easy Life V1.10 | Compress bank BANK and save it | | as FILE$. METHOD$ is a string | | 7 characters long. The first 4 | | letters are the compressor | | library to use. This is | | followed by a full stop (".") | | and a 2 digit number. Example: | | "HUFF.23" will use the dynamic | | huffman packing method, at 23% | | of it's maximum efficiency. Elxpk Save BANK To FILE$, | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but if a packing METHOD,PASSWORD$| | method encrypts the data then | | a password string must be | | supplied. Elzb Add SCREEN,BANK,GROUP | Easy Life V1.10 | Installs zones from a Zone | | Bank, created by the zone | | editor program. SCREEN is the | | screen to use the zones on. | | BANK is the bank number | | containing the zones, and | | GROUP is the set of zones | | within the bank that you wish | | to install. Elzb Multi Add BANK | Easy Life V1.10 | Installs all zones in all | | groups in bank BANK as multi | | zones. This command erases any | | previously define multi zones | | and reserves the exact number | | of multi zones required to | | hold the entire zone bank. | | The zones are installed on the | | current screen. Elzb Multi Add BANK,GROUP | Easy Life V1.10 | Installs all zones from the | | chosen group as multi zones. | | This doesn't erase the current | | zones, so you will have to | | reserve enough multi zones to | | contain the group first. | | The only zones overwritten by | | the command are those that | | have the same GROUP and ID | | numbers as those in the bank. Elzn Shift SCR,DX,DY | Easy Life V1.10 | Scrolls all the zones defined | | on screen SCR to the right by | | DX pixels and down by DY | | pixels. Use negative numbers | | to scroll upwards and left. Elzn Shift SCR,DX,DY,START To FINISH| Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but only zones | | numbered from START to FINISH | | are affected. If START=FINISH | | then only 1 zone is affected. =Elznex(ZONE) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the bottom-right X (or | | EX) coordinate of the zone | | ZONE set up by AMOS' Set Zone | | command. =Elznex(SCREEN,ZONE) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for screen | | SCREEN. =Elzney(ZONE) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the bottom-right Y (or | | EY) coordinate of the zone | | ZONE set up by AMOS' Set Zone | | command. =Elzney(SCREEN,ZONE) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for screen | | SCREEN. =Elznsx(ZONE) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the top-left X (or SX) | | coordinate of the zone ZONE | | set up by AMOS' Set Zone | | command. =Elznsx(SCREEN,ZONE) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for screen | | SCREEN. =Elznsy(ZONE) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the top-left Y (or SY) | | coordinate of the zone ZONE | | set up by AMOS' Set Zone | | command. =Elznsy(SCREEN,ZONE) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for screen | | SCREEN. Encode START,LENGTH,PASSWORD$ | Tools V1.01 | Scrambles the memory between | | START and START+LENGTH. | | PASSWORD$ is a password used | | for encryption. To unscramble | | the memory, use the command | | Decode with the same password. =Even(VALUE) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns -1 (true) if the | | number (VALUE) is even, or 0 | | if the number is odd. Examine Dir DIR$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Loads information about the | | directory DIR$ into memory, | | ready to be read back by the | | =Examine Next$ and =Object | | functions. =Examine Next$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Gets information about the | | next object in the directory | | and returns its name. More | | information can be acquired | | using the =Object functions. | | If the end of the directory | | is reached then an empty | | (null) string will be returned | | and the directory will be | | closed. | | Also see the Examine Dir and | | Examine Stop AMCAF commands. Examine Object FILE$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Gets information about the | | file (or directory) FILE$ | | ready for retrieval by the | | =Object functions. Examine Stop |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Aborts the reading of a | | directory previously set up by | | the Examine Dir command. You | | may not make any further calls | | to Examine Next$ until Examine | | Dir has been used again. Exchange Bob IMAGE1,IMAGE2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Swaps the two images (IMAGE1 | | and IMAGE2) in the current | | Sprite bank. IMAGE1 and IMAGE2 | | must exist or an error will be | | reported. Exchange Icon IMAGE1,IMAGE2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Swaps the two images (IMAGE1 | | and IMAGE2) in the current | | Icon bank. IMAGE1 and IMAGE2 | | must exist or an error will be | | reported. =Ext Fire(JOY) | Ercole 1.6 & | Checks the fire button of the | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | specified joystick, attached | | to the Amiga via the parallel | | port 4 player adaptor, and | | returns the result (-1=true | | and 0=false). | | JOY is 0 for the 3rd joystick | | or 1 for the 4th joystick. =Ext Joy(JOY) | Ercole 1.6 & | Checks the direction of the | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | specified joystick, attached | | to the Amiga via the parallel | | port 4 player adaptor lead, | | and returns the result. | | JOY is 0 for the 3rd joystick | | or 1 for the 4th joystick. Extdefault EXTENSION_NUMBER |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | For advanced users only. This | | calls the default routine of | | extension EXTENSION_NUMBER, | | which is normally executed at | | the start of a program, or by | | the Default command. The | | default routine is usually | | used to reset the interior | | database of the extension to | | the default values. If no | | extension is loaded into the | | slot then nothing will happen. | | Extdefault should be called | | after relinking an extension | | with Extreinit. =Extpath$(DIR$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Adds a forward slash to a | | pathname if it is a directory. | | Examples: | | PATH$="DH2:AMOS" | | Extpath$(PATH$)+"AMOSPro" | | -> "DH2:AMOS/AMOSPro" | | Extpath$(PATH$) -> "DH2:AMOS" Extreinit EXTENSION_NUMBER |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | For advanced users only. This | | restarts the extension | | EXTENSION_NUMBER. This must | | only be used on an extension | | that has been removed using | | Extremove, otherwise you can | | lose memory or crash your | | Amiga. Extremove EXTENSION_NUMBER |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | For advance users only. This | | removes the extension | | EXTENSION_NUMBER from memory, | | like when exiting AMOS. After | | this command no further | | instructions requiring this | | extension may be called. As | | AMOS itself will try to unlink | | extension on quitting, this | | may cause problems. So don't | | remove an extension for too | | long, and make sure to use | | the Extreinit command before | | exiting. Eye 3d X,Y | Turbo v1.9 | Changes the "point of view" F 16 Icon X,Y,ICON | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Paste Icon command, | | but only for icons 16 pixels | | wide and uses the Blitter F 16proc Icon X,Y,ICON | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Paste Icon command, | | but only for icons 16 pixels | | wide and uses the MC680X0 CPU F 32 Icon X,Y,ICON | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Paste Icon command, | | but only for icons 32 pixels | | wide and uses the Blitter F 32proc Icon X,Y,ICON | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Paste Icon command, | | but only for icons 32 pixels | | wide and uses the MC680X0 CPU F Circle X,Y,RADIUS,COLOUR | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Circle command, but | | faster. COLOUR must be | | included. F Draw X,Y | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Draw To command, but | | faster F Draw X,Y To X1,Y1 | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Draw X,Y To X1,Y1, | | but faster F Paste Icon X,Y,ICON | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Paste Icon command, | | but faster F Plot X,Y,COLOUR | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Plot command, but | | faster. COLOUR not optional =F Point(X,Y) | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Point command, but | | faster F Put Block BLOCK,X,Y | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Put Block, but faster F Put Static Block BLOCK,X,Y | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Put Block, but much | | faster thanks to Turbo's | | static block-list functions F Stars | Turbo v1.9 | Displays the 'stars' on the | | screen without computing the | | next 'star' position. So the | | 'stars' can be frozen without | | changing the speed of them! =Fast Max Block | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the length of the | | longest continuous block of | | fast RAM. Fcircle X,Y,RADIUS |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Draws a filled circle at the | | coordinates X,Y with the | | radius RADIUS. Fellipse X,Y,RADIUS_X,RADIUS_Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Draws a filled ellipse at the | | coordinates X,Y. The RADIUS_X | | and RADIUS_Y parameters define | | the size and direction of the | | ellipse. =File Comment$(FILE$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the comment of file | | FILE$. File Copy FILE$ To FILE2$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Copies the file FILE$ to the | | file FILE2$. This will even | | copy a file 3MB in size, even | | if you only have 100KB of free | | memory available. =File Length(FILE$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the length of file | | FILE$. The length of a | | directory is always 0. =File Protect(FILE$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the protection bits | | of file FILE$. =File Type(FILE$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the type of object | | FILE$. (eg. >0=Directory, | | <0=File). =Filename$(PATH$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the filename from | | the path. | | Example: | | Filename$("DH2:AMOS/AMOSPro") | | -> "AMOSPro" =Flip Case$(STRING$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Flips the case of characters | | in STRING$. | | (eg. "AdB" -> "aDb") Flush Libs |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Closes all the libraries, | | fonts and devices which are | | currently not in use and tries | | to get as much memory as | | possible. During this process, | | PowerPacker and the | | diskfont.library will be | | flushed too. =Font Style |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This replaces the AMOS | | function Text Syles, but this | | one doesn't return the | | multicoloured font bit (Bit | | 6). Apart from this, Font | | Style is totally identical | | with the AMOS function. =Fpu |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the number of an | | installed maths coprocessor or | | 0 if none is fitted. Kickstart | | 1.3 only knows the 68881. | | On 68040/68060 machines, the | | CPU contains the FPU so 68040 | | or 68060 will be returned. Fr Colour INDEX,COLOUR | CRAFT v1.00 | Sets a colour value in the | | fractal colour table. =Fr Get Colour(INDEX) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the colour value INDEX | | from the fractal colour table. Fr Julia CR,CI,ITERATIONS | CRAFT v1.00 | Draws a Julia set. CR and CI | | are real and imaginary parts | | of the complex number, with | | ITERATIONS being the maximum | | number of iterations used. Fr Mandelbrot ITERATIONS | CRAFT v1.00 | Draws the mandelbrot set. | | ITERATIONS is the maximum | | number of iterations used. Fr Position X,Y | CRAFT v1.00 | Specifies the coordinates of | | the upper left-hand corner of | | the fractal window. Fr Reset | CRAFT v1.00 | Resets all fractal settings. Fr Scan STARTLINE,HEIGHT | CRAFT v1.00 | Defines the area of the | | fractal to be drawn. The | | HEIGHT setting is optional. Fr Scan All | CRAFT v1.00 | Cancels all Fr Scan settings | | done and is identical to the | | command Fr Scan 0,16383. | | The scan area is always reset | | after a fractal drawing | | command (eg. Fr Julia or | | Fr Mandelbrot). Fr Step XYSTEP | CRAFT v1.00 | Defines the scale of the | | picture/fractal coordinate | | step between two pixels. Fr Step XSTEP,YSTEP | CRAFT v1.00 | As previous, but different | | values can be used for the | | vertical and horizontal steps. Fr Window SCREEN | CRAFT v1.00 | Specifies screen to be used | | for fractal pictures. Fr Window SCREEN,X,Y,WIDTH,HEIGHT | CRAFT v1.00 | Specifies screen area to be | | used for fractal pictures. | | SCREEN is optional. =Fr X Position | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the X coordinate of | | the top left-hand corner of | | the fractal window. =Fr Y Position | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the Y coordinate of | | the top left-hand corner of | | the fractl window. =Fr X Step | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the step between two | | horizontal pixels. =Fr Y Step | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the step between two | | vertical pixels. =Get Byte | Tools V1.01 | Returns the byte value stored | | at the current memory position | | and then increments the | | current memory position by 1. =Get Crypt | Tools V1.01 | Decrypts the string stored at | | the current memory position | | and then returns it. After | | retrieving the string, the | | current memory position is | | incremented by the length of | | the string+2. =Get Long | Tools V1.01 | Returns the current longword | | stored at the current memory | | position and then increments | | the current memory position by | | 4. =Get Pos | Tools V1.01 | Returns the current memory | | position. =Get String | Tools V1.01 | Returns the string stored at | | the current memory position | | and then increments the | | current memory position by the | | length of the string+2. =Get Word | Tools V1.01 | Returns the word value stored | | at the current memory position | | and then increments the | | current memory position by 2. =Glue Colour(R,G,B) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Combines the red, green and | | blue values to form a normal | | colour value. =Gr Back | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the colour index set | | as the background colour. =Gr Border | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the colour index set | | as the border colour. Gr Centre Y,TEXT$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Prints and centres the | | graphical text TEXT$. Y is the | | position of the text from the | | top of the display in pixels. =Gr Ink | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the current value of | | grpahical ink colour. Green | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands (eg. Colour 1,Green). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Green). =Green Val(RGB) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Acquires the green value of a | | colour and returns it. Grey | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands (eg. Colour 1,Grey). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Grey). Gui Activate WINDOW,GADGET | GUI V2.1 | Activates the specified input | | gadget (string or integer), | | encouraging the user to type | | something in. =Gui Actual | GUI V2.1 | Returns the current graphics | | output window, as set by the | | Gui Gfx command. Gui Amiga Os | GUI V2.1 | Carries out the AMOS | | instructions Amos To Back and | | Amos Lock to prevent your | | programs from using Left | | Amiga+A to flick back into | | AMOS mode (otherwise the | | system can become stuck). It's | | also the equivalent of the | | AMOS commands Comp Test Off | | and Break Off. | | It also removes the AMOS | | interrupt routine, which makes | | your program more OS friendly | | and will run much faster. | | However, in doing so it will | | cause some of the AMOS | | commands to stop functioning | | properly - mainly the AMAL, | | music, samples and Vbl | | commands. It is suggested that | | you use DME 2.0 or the AMCAF | | for music and samples instead. | | You can use the Gui Wait vbl | | instead of Wait Vbl. | | If you are creating a | | workbench application then you | | must put this command at the | | start of your code. | | NB: This command only takes | | effect when your program | | is compiled. =Gui Asl$(TITLE$,DIR$,FILE$,PATTERN$)| GUI V2.1 | Calls the ASL file requestor | | and allows the user to choose | | a file, starting with the | | parameters which you have set. | | The full path and filename are | | returned in the string. If | | 'Cancel' was hit the string | | returned will be empty. | | TITLE$ ="Select a file..." | | DIR$ =Dir$ | | FILE$ ="Pick one..." | | PATTERN$="#?" =Gui Asl Font | GUI V2.1 | Calls the ASL font requester | | and returns the selected font | | name, including the .font | | extension. =Gui Asl Screen | GUI V2.1 | The ASL Screenmode requester | | will appear, allowing the user | | to select an available | | screenmode. Once selected the | | DisplayID value fo the screen | | will be returned. If the value | | returned is -1 then the user | | selected 'Cancel' on the | | requester. Gui Bank BANK | GUI V2.1 | Before you can begin opening | | GUI windows which have been | | turned into banks, you will | | need to tell the system which | | AMOS bank the GUI info is | | located in. This command sets | | the Gui Bank to be used with | | the Gui Open command. You can | | use this command more than | | once if you wish to have | | multiple Gui Banks. | | The converter normally uses | | bank 20 to store the GUI data | | in, so BANK should normally be | | 20. Gui Bar X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 | GUI V2.1 | Draws a solid block on the | | screen/window, using the | | current ink colour, in the | | same way as the AMOS Bar | | command. Gui Bbox X,Y,WIDTH,HEIGHT,MODE | GUI V2.1 | Draws a bevel box at the | | coordinates X,Y. WIDTH and | | HEIGHT are given in pixels. | | If MODE is anything other than | | 0, then the box is drawn | | recessed. Gui Beep | GUI V2.1 | This uses the system beep | | function and will flash the | | current screen, or perform the | | playing of a sample, depending | | on how you have workbench set | | up. The command is used to | | alert the user at certain | | points in your program. =Gui Border(WINDOW,SIDE) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the size of the border | | of the side (SIDE) of the | | specified window (WINDOW). | | 0 Left border | | 1 Top border | | 2 Right border | | 3 Bottom border =Gui Close(WINDOW) | GUI V2.1 | Closes, and removes from the | | screen, the specified window | | (WINDOW). A value is returned | | to inform you of the result: | | 0 Window closed | | 1 First opened window closed | | 2 Last opened window closed | | 3 Last window closed Gui Cls COLOUR | GUI V2.1 | Clears all of the current | | graphics output with the | | specified colour, including | | window borders. To clear only | | graphics use the Gui Clw or | | Gui Bar command. Gui Clw WINDOW,COLOUR | GUI V2.1 | Clears all graphics and | | gadgets from the window with | | the specified colour. Screen | | borders and titles will be | | left intact, unlike the Gui | | Cls command. =Gui Code | GUI V2.1 | Returns the result code | | associated with the last event | | occured. After it has been | | called its value is reset to | | -1 again, until the next call | | to Gui Wait loads it with a | | new value. | | When the user clicks one of | | the gadgets of your windows, | | Gui Wait returns the gadget | | number and Gui Code its | | status: | | BUTTON No value returned | | CHECKBOX Boolean status (on | | or off -> 0 or -1) | | INTEGER Value typed in | | LISTVIEW Selected item (in | | order of list, with | | 0 as first entry) | | MX Selected item | | CYCLE Currently selected | | item (in order of | | list, with 0 as the | | first entry) | | PALETTE Number of the colour | | SCROLLER Position | | SLIDER Position | | STRING None (see Gui Code$) | | See the official docs for more | | information. =Gui Dir$ | GUI V2.1 | Returns the path from the | | previous call to the Gui Asl$ | | command. If 'Cancel' was | | selected it will return an | | empty string. Gui Draw X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 | GUI V2.1 | Draws a line from x1,y1 to | | x2,y2 using the current ink | | value. It operates in just the | | same way as the regular AMOS | | Draw command. Gui Draw To X1,Y1 | GUI V2.1 | As previous, but draws from | | the current graphics position | | to the coordinates x1,y1. Gui Ellipse X,Y,WIDTH,HEIGHT | GUI V2.1 | Draws an ellipse with its | | centre at X,Y with the | | specified width and height. =Gui Event | GUI V2.1 | This command is very similar | | to the command Gui Wait, | | except it doesn't stop program | | execution until an event | | occurs. It simply makes a | | check and returns the same | | values as the Gui Wait | | command, before carrying on | | with the rest of the program. | | It returns the value -7 if | | nothing has happened. =Gui Exist(WINDOW) | GUI V2.1 | Checks to see if the specified | | window has been opened or not. | | Returns 0 (false) if the | | window isn't open, or the | | address of the windows | | structure if it is. =Gui File$ | GUI V2.1 | Returns the filename from the | | previous call to the Gui Asl$ | | command. If 'Cancel' was | | selected on the requester it | | will return an empty string. =Gui Font Size | GUI V2.1 | After the user selects a font | | in the ASL Font requester, you | | can use this command to obtain | | the size of the font selected. =Gui Gad Adr(WINDOW,GADGET) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the structure address | | of the specified gadget. Don't | | mess with structure values | | unless you know what you are | | doing. =Gui Gad Height(WINDOW,GADGET) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the height of the | | specified gadget, in pixels. | | It's useful for when you are | | using the Gui Sensitive On | | command, as the GUI will try | | to adapt itself to the | | workbench settings. =Gui Gad Width(WINDOW,GADGET) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the width of the | | specified gadget, in pixels. | | It's useful for when you are | | using the Gui Sensitive On | | command, as the GUI will try | | to adapt itself to the | | workbench settings. Gui Gfx TYPE,NUMBER | GUI V2.1 | This command tells the system | | where graphic operations, such | | as Gui Draw and Gui Plot, are | | carried out. TYPE determines | | whether graphic operations are | | carried out on the window (0) | | or the screen (1). | | NUMBER tells the system which | | window/screen output is to be | | directed to. Examples: | | Gui Gfx 1,1 All output to | | screen 1 | | Gui Gfx 0,5 All output to | | window 5 =Gui Height(WINDOW) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the height of the | | specified window in pixels. =Gui Iconify(WINDOW,INAME$,IPATH$) | GUI V2.1 | Iconifies the specified | | window. The window is closed | | and a AppIcon with the | | specified name (INAME$) and | | icon (IPATH$) will appear. The | | number of the window just | | closed will be used as AppIcon | | number. So if you iconify | | window number 5 the AppIcon | | number 5 will be created. If | | you don't specify the icon to | | be used, the system default | | Tool icon will be used. | | The value that is returned is | | the Iconify ID which is needed | | to uniconify it later. See the | | Gui Uniconify command. =Gui In Height(WINDOW) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the height of the | | specified window in pixels, | | excluding window borders. =Gui In Width(WINDOW) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the width of the | | specified window in pixels, | | excluding window borders. Gui Ink COLOUR | GUI V2.1 | Sets the ink colour for use by | | commands such as Gui Draw and | | Gui Plot. =Gui Key Shift | GUI V2.1 | The same as the AMOS Key Shift | | command. When the Gui Wait | | command reports a keyboard | | event, you can check the | | status of the 'control keys'. | | The bitmap returns which keys | | are currently pressed: | | 00000001 Left Shift | | 00000010 Right Shift | | 00000100 Caps Lock | | 00001000 Ctrl | | 00010000 Left Alt | | 00100000 Right Alt | | 01000000 Left Amiga | | 10000000 Right Amiga =Gui Kind(WINDOW,GADGET) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the kind of the gadget | | specified, which will be one | | of the following: | | 0 Button (with image) | | 1 Button | | 2 Checkbox | | 3 Integer | | 4 Listview | | 5 Mx | | 6 Number | | 7 Cycle | | 8 Palette | | 9 Scroller | | 10 reserved | | 11 Slider | | 12 String | | 13 Text | | 14 reserved | | 15 Progress bar =Gui Len(STRING$,MODE) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the length (in pixels) | | of the string. It works just | | like the AMOS Text Length | | command. | | This command is useful when | | using the Gui Sensitive On | | function. Gui Lock WINDOW | GUI V2.1 | Disables all the open windows | | except the window specified. | | Once a window is disabled the | | user can't interact with it | | (e.g. menus, gadgets etc.) and | | on OS 3.x the busy pointer | | will be displayed. To unlock | | windows see the Gui Unlock | | command. =Gui Mouse Ex | GUI V2.1 | When the Gui wait command | | returns a GUI related event | | (see below), you can use this | | command to find out the X | | position of the mouse when the | | event occured. Remember that | | the mouse may have moved since | | the last mouse click event, | | and not be at the place the | | user clicked. | | Supported events: | | -11 Mouse click | | -12 Mouse move | | -15 Icon drag'n'drop =Gui Mouse Ey | GUI V2.1 | As previous, but for the Y | | coordinate. Gui Mouse Mode MODE | GUI V2.1 | Allows you to control the | | events that occur when you | | press a mouse button. When you | | click on a GUI, by default, | | you'll receive two -11 events | | (one when you press the button | | and one when you let go). | | MODE=1 Only 1 event | | MODE=0 2 events (default) =Gui Mouse Wx | GUI V2.1 | Returns the X coordinate of | | the mouse relative to the | | current window. The top-left | | coordinates of the window are | | 0,0. =Gui Mouse Wy | GUI V2.1 | As previous, but for the Y | | coordinate. =Gui Mouse X | GUI V2.1 | Returns the X coordinate of | | the mouse. =Gui Mouse Y | GUI V2.1 | Returns the Y coordinate of | | the mouse. Gui Move WINDOW,X,Y | GUI V2.1 | Moves the specified window to | | the new X and Y coordinates. Gui Off WINDOW | GUI V2.1 | Disables the specified window, | | so the user can't interact | | with it (e.g. can't select | | gadgets, menus etc.), and the | | busy pointer will be displayed | | (only with OS 3.x). Gui On WINDOW | GUI V2.1 | Enables a window previously | | disabled with the Gui Off | | command. Gui Open WINDOW,GUI | GUI V2.1 | Opens a window (WINDOW) using | | the specified GUI data. Gui Open WINDOW,GUI,BANK | GUI V2.1 | As previous, but the BANK | | parameter is optional and | | specifies a bank from which | | to get the GUI data. Gui Open WINDOW,GUI,BANK,X,Y,W,H | GUI V2.1 | As previous, but X and Y | | specify the top-left coords of | | the window. W and H are the | | width and height of the | | window. If X,Y,W and H are | | left out then the default | | values are used as specified | | in the GadToolsBox editor. =Gui Os | GUI V2.1 | Returns the OS version number. Gui Paint X,Y | GUI V2.1 | Works in exactly the same way | | as the AMOS Paint command. It | | fills any section of the | | current graphics output with a | | solid block of colour using | | the current ink. Gui Paper COLOUR | GUI V2.1 | Sets the paper colour to be | | used by the Gui Text command. | | It acts exactly the same way | | as the AMOS Paper command. Gui Paste Block BLOCK,X,Y | GUI V2.1 | Pastes a block, previously | | grabbed from within AMOS, in | | the current graphics output at | | position X,Y. | | The palette of the block will | | only turn out correct if the | | screen palette has been set | | accordingly, using the Gui Rgb | | command. Gui Paste Bob IMAGE,X,Y | GUI V2.1 | As previous, but for Bobs. Gui Paste Icon ICON,X,Y | GUI V2.1 | As previous, but for icons. Gui Pen COLOUR | GUI V2.1 | Sets the pen colour to be used | | by the Gui Text command. It | | acts in exactly the same way | | as the AMOS Pen command. Gui Plot X,Y | GUI V2.1 | Plots a single point at the | | coordinates X,Y using the | | current ink. =Gui Point(X,Y) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the colour found at | | the coordinates X,Y. It works | | in the same way as the AMOS | | Point command. Gui Pub Free | GUI V2.1 | Unlocks the public screen | | previously locked by the Gui | | Pub Screen command. You must | | always free a public screen | | when you have finished with | | it. Gui Pub List | GUI V2.1 | Obtains a list of all the | | public screens currently open | | on the Amiga. While reading | | the list of screens, the | | system is locked. You must | | read all the names as soon as | | you can! (e.g store them in an | | array for later use) Gui Pub List Free | GUI V2.1 | Use this command to free up | | the public screens from | | memory. You must use this | | command when you have finished | | with the list. =Gui Pub Name$ | GUI V2.1 | Returns the next public screen | | name from the Amiga's list of | | public screens obtained with | | the Gui Pub List command. | | If an empty string is returned | | then there are no more screens | | in the list. =Gui Pub Screen(NAME$) | GUI V2.1 | In order to open a GUI in a | | public screen you must obtain | | access to it. This command | | attempts to gain access to the | | named public screen. If the | | screen exists and can be | | locked, then it will be made | | accessible by your program. | | Otherwise a value of 0 will | | be returned. | | If you try to lock a second | | screen, the previous one will | | be unlocked automatically. Gui Pub To Back SCREEN | GUI V2.1 | Sends the specified public | | screen to the back. The value | | in SCREEN is the value | | returned by the Gui Pub Screen | | command. Gui Pub To Front SCREEN | GUI V2.1 | Brings the specified public | | screen to the front. The value | | in SCREEN is the value | | returned by the Gui Pub Screen | | command. Gui Range WINDOW,GADGET,MIN,MAX | GUI V2.1 | Limits the input value of | | an integer gadget between the | | values MIN and MAX. If the | | input value lies outside the | | range, then the MIN or MAX | | value is set as appropriate. =Gui Read(WINDOW,GADGET) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the status of the | | specified gadget from the | | specified window. Gui Read is | | similar to Gui Code, except | | that the Gui Wait command | | doesn't have to be called | | first. =Gui Read$(WINDOW,GADGET) | GUI V2.1 | Returns text held in the | | specified string/listview | | gadget. Text will only be | | returned for listview, string | | and cycle gadget types, all | | other types will return an | | empty string. Gui Remember Off | GUI V2.1 | Sets the window back to its | | original settings, as set in | | the GadToolsBox editor, each | | time it is closed. Gui Remember On | GUI V2.1 | Makes the system remember | | where a window was when it was | | closed, so if it is opened | | again in the future it will | | keep its old position. =Gui Req(TITLE$,MESSAGE$,GADGET$) | GUI V2.1 | Creates a simple ASL requester | | with the absolute minimum of | | effort. The value returned | | will be the gadget selected by | | the user. The right-most | | gadget is 0, with the rest | | numbered from the left | | starting with 1. | | If the message is to have | | multiple lines of text, you | | must use Chr$(10) where you | | wish the line to break. | | TITLE$="GUI Requester" | | MESSAGE$="End of line->" | | +Chr$(10)+"new line" | | GADGET$="One|Two|Three|Four" Gui Reset | GUI V2.1 | Automatically closes all | | opened windows. It's useful | | for when you quit from your | | program, or if the program | | fails it can be used in | | Direct Mode. Gui Resize WINDOW,WIDTH,HEIGHT | GUI V2.1 | Resizes the specified window | | to the new width and height. Gui Rmb WINDOW,MODE | GUI V2.1 | When the right mouse button is | | pressed in a window, the OS | | (by default) will try to pop | | up a menu. This command allows | | you to monitor it as an event, | | for the specified window, so | | you can use it for other | | things: | | MODE=-1 The right mouse | | button will be | | detected as normal | | by intuition | | MODE= 0 Now you have control | | of the right mouse | | button. When the | | user holds down the | | button, the Gui Wait | | command returns -11 | | (mouse click event). | | Also see the Gui | | Code command. Gui Scroll X1,Y1 To X2,Y2,SCRX,SCRY | GUI V2.1 | Scrolls the area X1,Y1 to | | X2,Y2 by SCRX pixels | | horizontally and SCRY pixels | | vertically. =Gui Selected | GUI V2.1 | Returns the currently selected | | window. Gui Sensitive Off | GUI V2.1 | Makes the windows use the | | Topaz/8 font, as used when you | | create the GUI in GadToolsBox. Gui Sensitive On | GUI V2.1 | Switching this on will make | | the GUI windows use the | | workbench font settings for | | displays, and tries to adapt | | itself to the environment. | | If the new sizes cause the | | window to not fit on-screen, | | the command will be ignored by | | the system. | | This is switched on by default. Gui Set WINDOW,GADGET,ATTRIB,VALUE | GUI V2.1 | Enables you to update a gadget | | of your GUI with a new value. | | Some kinds of gadgets allow | | you to update up to 3 | | different attributes (0 to 2). | | The effect of these attributes | | varies depending on the type | | of the gadget. Here's a list | | of possibilities: | | Attribute 0: | | Checkbox Sets the checkbox | | status (set/unset) | | Integer Enter a new value | | Listview Sets the currently | | selected item in | | the listview | | Mx Sets the selected | | item | | Number Enter a new value | | Cycle Sets the selected | | item | | Palette Sets the selected | | colour | | Scroller Sets the position | | of the scroller bar | | Slider Sets the position | | of the slider bar | | String Enter a string in | | the gadget (you | | must use | | Varptr(STRING$) as | | the value) | | Text Enter a string in | | the gadget (you | | must use | | Varptr(STRING$) as | | the value) | | Pbar Set the bar level | | (0-100) | | | | Attribute 1: | | Listview Display a new array | | list (you must use | | Array(ARRAY$(0)) as | | the value) | | Scroller Sets the total | | scroller size | | Slider Sets the minimum | | value of the slider | | | | Attribute 2: | | Listview Sets the item at | | the top of the | | display | | Scroller Sets the scrollers | | visible size | | Slider Sets the maximum | | value of the slider | | | | To ghost out/reappear any | | gadgets (except listviews) | | simply set ATTRIB to -1 and | | VALUE to 1 (ghosted) or 0 | | (active). =Gui Sh(HEIGHT) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the pixel height | | rescaled by the font | | sensitivity routine. See the | | Gui Sx command for more info. =Gui Sw(WIDTH) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the pixel width | | rescaled by the font | | sensitivity routine. See the | | Gui Sx command for more info. =Gui Sx(X) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the new X position of | | a point, when scaled as the | | gadgets are with Gui Sensitive | | On. =Gui Sy(Y) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the new Y position of | | a point, when scaled as the | | gadgets are with Gui Sensitive | | On. Gui Text X,Y,TEXT$ | GUI V2.1 | Prints TEXT$ on the current | | graphics output at coordinates | | X and Y, similar to that of | | the AMOS Text command. =Gui Text Base | GUI V2.1 | Works in the same way as the | | AMOS Text Base command. It | | returns the number of pixels | | from the top of a character, | | and at the point from which it | | will be printed on the screen. | | It can be considered a 'hot | | spot' in which all fonts have. | | The value is calculated for | | the current font. Gui Titles WINDOW,WTITLE$,SCRTITLE$ | GUI V2.1 | Sets the title (WTITLE$) of | | the specified window (WINDOW) | | and the title (SCRTITLE$) of | | the screen it is opened on. | | If WTITLE$ or SCRTITLE$ are | | empty then the old title will | | be left unchanged. Gui To Back WINDOW | GUI V2.1 | Moves the specified window to | | the back of the display. Gui To Front WINDOW | GUI V2.1 | Moves the specified window to | | the front of the display. Gui Uniconify ICONIFY_ID | GUI V2.1 | Uniconifies the specified | | window. ICONIFY_ID must be the | | value returned by the Gui | | Iconify command when you | | iconified the window, or you | | will get a guru. Gui Unlock | GUI V2.1 | Reactivates all the windows | | locked by the Gui Lock | | command. =Gui Wait | GUI V2.1 | Waits until the user interacts | | with the program - it will be | | frozen until something happens | | (you can stop it with Ctrl+C). | | If the value returned is more | | than or equal to 0, it is the | | number of the gadget selected | | by the user. Use the command | | Gui Window to find out which | | window generated the event. | | If it's negative check the | | list below: | | -1 Close gadget selected | | -2 Menu item selected | | -3 Not used | | -4 Raw key pressed | | -5 Key pressed | | -6 Iconify the window! | | -7 Nothing selected (see Gui | | Event command) | | -8 Window resized | | -9 Internet TCP/IP message | | -10 ARexx message | | -11 Mouse clicked | | -12 Mouse moved | | -13 Timer event | | -14 DOS notification | | -15 AppWindow event | | -16 AppIcon event | | -17 Not used | | -18 Window on/off | | If the gagdet selected | | requires user input (e.g. | | string or integer gadgets), | | then use the commands Gui Code | | or Gui Code$ to get the | | inputted data. Gui Wait Vbl | GUI V2.1 | This command works exactly | | like the AMOS Wait Vbl | | command, except for intuition. Gui Wait Vbl VBLS | GUI V2.1 | As previous, but the optional | | VBLS parameter causes the | | program to wait for the | | specified vbl count. =Gui Width(WINDOW) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the width of the | | specified window in pixels. =Gui Window | GUI V2.1 | Returns the number of the | | window which generated the | | last event returned by Gui | | Wait. Gui Writing BITPATTERN | GUI V2.1 | Sets the graphic mode used for | | drawing lines, text and filled | | shapes. BITPATTERN can be: | | %000 Only draw graphics with | | current ink colour | | %001 Replace existing | | graphics with new | | graphics (default) | | %010 Change old graphics | | that overlap with new | | graphics using XOR | | %100 Reverse ink and paper | | colours, creating an | | inverse video effect =Gui X(WINDOW) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the X screen | | coordinate of the specified | | window. =Gui X Font | GUI V2.1 | Returns the width of the | | system font currently used. =Gui X Gad(WINDOW,GADGET) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the X position of the | | specified gadget in pixels | | relative to the top-left of | | the window. =Gui Y(WINDOW) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the Y screen | | coordinate of the specified | | window. =Gui Y Font | GUI V2.1 | Returns the height of the | | system font currently used. =Gui Y Gad(WINDOW,GADGET) | GUI V2.1 | Returns the Y position of the | | specified gadget in pixels | | relative to the top-left of | | the window. =Guru Alert(T1$,T2$,T3$,T4$,T5$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Creates and displays the red | | alert box containing strings | | T1$ to T5$. Strings T2$ to T5$ | | are optional. | | If the user presses the right | | mouse button 0 is returned, or | | if left mouse button is | | pressed then -1 is returned. Guru Meditation N1,N2 | CRAFT v1.00 | Causes a GURU containing | | numbers N1 and N2. =Ham Best(NEW_RGB,OLD_RGB) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | As you can't achieve the | | desired colour by plotting | | only one pixel in HAM mode, | | you can use the Ham Best | | function to search the best | | colour for the next dot. | | NEW_RGB holds the target | | colour and OLD_RGB the colour | | of the pixel exactly before | | the current dot. The current | | screen must be the HAM screen | | for this to work. =Ham Colour(COLOUR,OLD_RGB) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates the new colour | | value that is created when | | plotting a pixel in colour | | COLOUR directly behind the | | last point. Ham Fade Out SCREEN |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Darkens the screen SCREEN by | | one single step. After calling | | this 16 times, the HAM screen | | will be completely black. =Ham Point(X,Y) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Simplifies the process of | | finding the right colour of a | | point at the coordinates X,Y | | on a HAM screen. There's no | | need to proceed from the left | | to the right until the correct | | pixel colour is found, | | although the HAM Colour method | | is a little bit faster when | | processing a picture from left | | to the right, whereas Ham | | Point can access any point on | | the screen individually | | without pre-processing. | | If the point X,Y is not on the | | screen, it will return -1 | | instead of the red-green-blue | | value of a pixel. Hard Reset | CRAFT v1.00 | Resets the Amiga and clears | | all memory (including the RAM | | disk). =Hex Dump$(ADDRESS,LENGTH,SEPARATOR) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the memory from | | ADDRESS to ADDRESS+LENGTH in | | hexadecimal and dumps it into | | a string. SEPARATOR is the | | number of spaces between each | | hexadecimal value. =Hit Bob Zone(DX,DY,N) | Turbo v1.9 | Checks if bob N enters a | | zone. DX and DY are optional. =Hit Spr Check(START To END,DX,DY,N) | Turbo v1.9 | Checks if sprite N enters a | | zone. DX and DY are optional | | and give a displacement in | | opposite to the sprites | | hotspot. START and END are | | the zones to check. =Hit Spr Zone(DX,DY,N) | Turbo v1.9 | Checks if sprite N enters a | | zone. DX and DY are optional =Hw Mouse Key | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the status of the | | mouse key, even when AMOS | | is put 'to back' | | (eg. Amos To Back). Imploder Load FILE$,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Tries to load and unpack a | | File Imploder file. The result | | will be stored in the bank | | BANK. FILE$ is the name of the | | file to load. If the specified | | file isn't packed using File | | Imploder, it will be loaded | | into memory normally. If BANK | | is a negative number, the file | | will be unpacked into chip | | RAM. | | This command doesn't need more | | memory to be able to unpack | | the file, and is extremely | | fast. | | File Imploder is part of the | | Turbo Imploder 4.0 package, | | which is a very fast packer | | for executables. It is written | | by Albert-Jan Brouwer and | | Peter Struijk. You can find | | File Imploder on the AMCAF | | Install disk, in the C drawer, | | along with the manual - "Fimp" | | and "Fimp.man" respectively. Imploder Unpack BANK1 To BANK2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Unpacks the File Imploder | | packed file from BANK1 and | | puts it in BANK2. If BANK1 | | doesn't contain a File | | Imploder file (which can be | | found by the first longword - | | "IMP!") an error message will | | be returned. If BANK2 is | | negative the file will be | | unpacked into chip RAM. =Insstr$(STRING$,NEW$,POS) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Inserts the string NEW$ into | | STRING$ at position POS. | | Example: | | Insstr$("Pro","AMOS ",0) | | -> "AMOS Pro" =Io Error |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the number of the last | | DOS-error. =Io Error$(ERROR_NUMBER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the string of the | | corresponding DOS error | | message. If no string for the | | error number exists, an empty | | string will be returned. When | | using Kickstart 2.0 the | | interior list is taken, but | | not the localized strings of | | the system. =Itemstr$(ITEM$,ITEM_NUMBER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | A handy function that helps to | | avoid little string arrays | | where none are actually | | required. ITEM$ contains a | | number of so called items, | | which are numbered starting | | from 0. Empty strings for | | ITEM$ are not allowed and will | | create an error message, | | however, empty items can be | | used without hesitation. | | Trying to access an item that | | doesn't exist will create an | | error aswell. | | Example: | | Itemstr$("a|b|c|d",2) -> "c" =Itemstr$(ITEM$,ITEM_NUMBER,SEP$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | As above, but the optional | | parameter SEP$ can be used to | | set your own 1 character | | seperator, instead of '|'. =Jd Actual Date$(DATE1$,DATE2$) |JD Extension V5.9| Compares the date strings and | | returns the highest date. For | | example: | | DATE1$="06.02.1999" | | DATE2$="04.01.2000" | | Jd Actual Date$->"04.01.2000" =Jd Actual Time$(TIME1$,TIME2$) |JD Extension V5.9| Compares the time strings and | | returns the highest time. The | | time strings can be in 24hr or | | 12 hour format. For example: | | TIME1$="14:55:36" | | TIME2$="08:59:48" | | Jd Actual Time$ -> "14:55:36" =Jd Antique Colour(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Converts the RGB value to | | browntone. Useful for making | | images look wooden. =Jd Arcus(X1,Y1 To X2,Y2) |JD Extension V5.9| Calculates the angle between | | two points and returns the | | result. | | Examples: | | ARC=Jd Arcus(10,50 To 5,50) | | -> ARC=180 | | ARC=Jd Arcus(10,50 To 5,75) | | -> ARC=102 =Jd Area First |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the appropriate value | | set by the last Jd Get Area | | command. If nothing has been | | previously set, or the Jd Area | | Reset command has been used, | | then a value of 0 will be | | returned. =Jd Area Last |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the appropriate value | | set by the last Jd Get Area | | command. If nothing has been | | previously set, or the Jd Area | | Reset command has been used, | | then a value of 0 will be | | returned. Jd Array Clear Array(VAR(0)) |JD Extension V5.9| Resets all the values in the | | array to 0. VAR is the name of | | the dimensioned array to be | | cleared. Jd Array$ Clear Array(VAR$(0)) |JD Extension V5.9| Resets all the strings in the | | array to empty (or null) | | strings. VAR$ is the name of | | the dimensioned array to be | | cleared. Jd Array Swap Array(VAR(0)),VN1,VN2 |JD Extension V5.9| Swaps variables in an array. | | VAR is the name of the array | | whilst VN1 and VN2 are the | | variables to be swapped. | | Example: | | Dim T(10): T(1)=1: T(2)=2 | | Jd Array Swap Array(T(0)),1,2 | | -> T(1)=2 : T(2)=1 =Jd Asl(VALUE,SHIFTS) |JD Extension V5.9| Arithmetic Shift Left. VALUE | | is the number to be shifted, | | and SHIFTS is the number of | | times VALUE is to be shifted. | | The binary value added to the | | right is always a 0, however | | the sign remains unchanged | | unless an overflow occurs, in | | which case the V flag is set. | | Examples: | | SHIFTS=1 00010111->00101110 | | SHIFTS=2 00010111->01011100 | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Asr(VALUE,SHIFTS) |JD Extension V5.9| Arithmetic Shift Right. VALUE | | is the number to be shifted, | | and SHIFTS is the number of | | times VALUE is to be shifted. | | The binary value added to the | | left is always a 0, however | | the sign remains unchanged | | unless an underflow occurs in | | which case the V flag is set. | | Examples: | | SHIFTS=1 00010111->00001011 | | SHIFTS=2 10010111->10100101 | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Blue Value(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the blue part of | | the colour and returns it. | | Example: | | $0AC -> $00C =Jd Bootchecksum(A$) |JD Extension V5.9| Calculates the checksum of the | | bootblock and returns the | | result. Example: | | A$=Jd Read Sector(0,0) | | A$=A$+Jd Read Sector(0,1) | | B=Jd Bootchecksum | | Does it work?? =Jd Bswap(VAL) | JD Colour V2.0 | Swaps a byte around. If VAL is | | longer than 2 hexadecimal | | digits, only the 2 nearest the | | LSB will be swapped and | | returned. If VAL is less than | | 2 hexadecimal digits, then the | | LSB will be set to 0. | | Examples: | | SB=Jd Bswap($1) -> SB=$10 | | SB=Jd Bswap($12) -> SB=$21 | | SB=Jd Bswap($1234)-> SB=$43 =Jd Change$(STRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Converts all lowercase letters | | to uppercase and vice versa. | | Examples: | | "AMOS Basic" -> "amos bASIC" | | "AmOs BaSiC" -> "aMoS bAsIc" Jd Change Colours C1,C2,X1,Y1 | JD Colour V2.0 | Exchanges two colours (palette To X2,Y2| | will not be changed!) that lie | | within the coordinates set. | | C1 and C2 are the colours to | | be exchanged, but only the | | pixels that lie within the | | X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 area will be | | affected. =Jd Char X |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the width of the | | current graphic-font. If the | | JD Textfont command can't find | | a font this command will | | return 248. =Jd Char Y |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the height of the | | current graphic-font. If the | | JD Textfont command can't find | | a font this command will | | return 248. =Jd Checkprt |JD Extension V5.9| Checks if the printer is | | available and returns a number | | depending on it's status. | | -1=Nothing detected?? | | 0=Ok | | 1=Off | | 2=Offline | | 3=No paper =Jd Checksum(A$) |JD Extension V5.9| Calculates the checkum of a | | sector-string (not for | | bootblocks) and returns the | | result. Does it work?? =Jd Chipset |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the active chipset as | | a number. | | 0 = Original (OCS) | | 1 = Enhanced (ECS) | | 2 = Advanced (AA/AGA) | | This command doesn't work on | | OS2 (Kickstart 37.350; | | Workbench 37.71) Jd Close Con CON-BASE | JD Colour V2.0 | Closes the workbench window | | opened with the Jd Open Con | | command. CON-BASE is the | | address returned by the Jd | | Open Con command. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Close Intscreen SCR |JD Intuition V1.3| Closes the intuition window | | opened with the Jd Open | | Intscreen command. SCR is the | | address returned by the Jd | | Open Intscreen command when | | the screen was opened. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Close Intwindow WIN |JD Intuition V1.3| Closes the intuition window | | opened with the Jd Open | | Intwindow command. WIN is the | | address returned by the Jd | | Open Intwindow when the window | | was opened. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Compare(STRING$,PATT$) |JD Extension V5.9| Checks to see if the pattern | | (PATT$) fits the string. It | | returns 0 for no or 1 for yes. | | * = Joker for some letters | | ? = Joker for one letter | | Example: | | STRING$="Test-string" | | PATTERN$="*t-S*" | | A=Jd Compare(STRING$,PATT$) | | -> A=1 | | COMMAND NOT FOUND!?? =Jd Complement Colour(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the complement | | colour. If you add the value | | returned by this command to | | the original colour, you get | | the colour white. =Jd Copy(OLDFILE$,NEWFILE$) |JD Extension V5.9| Copies a file (OLDFILE$) to a | | new location (NEWFILE$). It | | returns -1 if an error occurs, | | or 0 if all was ok. | | (Official docs say 1=error, | | but it is wrong!) Jd Copy Colour COL1 To COL2 | JD Colour V2.0 | Copies the value of colour | | index COL1 to index COL2. =Jd Count(STRING$,CHR$) |JD Extension V5.9| Counts how many times CHR$ | | appears in STRING$ and returns | | the result. =Jd Count Dirs(PATH$) |JD Extension V5.9| Counts the number of | | directories at the location | | specified in PATH$ and returns | | the result. If an error | | occured it returns -1. | | Example: | | =Jd Count Dirs("RAM:") -> 3 =Jd Count Files(PATH$) |JD Extension V5.9| Counts the number of files | | at the location specfied in | | PATH$ and returns the result. | | If an error occured it returns | | 0. | | =Jd Count Files("RAM:") -> 2 =Jd Cpu |JD Extension V5.9| Returns your CPU as a number. | | Examples: | | CPU=Jd Cpu -> CPU=68000 =Jd Crypt$(STRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Unencrypts a string encrypted | | with the Jd Encrypt$ command, | | and returns the result. =Jd Cut$(STRING$,START,LENGTH) |JD Extension V5.9| Removes the specified number | | of characters (LENGTH) from | | STRING$, starting from START. | | If LENGTH is negative then | | the returned string is wrong. | | If START<1 then it removes the | | characters from the start of | | the string. | | Examples: | | =Jd Cut$("AMOS",2,2) -> "AS" | | =Jd Cut$("BASIC",1,3) -> "IC" | | =Jd Cut$("BASIC",-2,4)-> "C" =Jd Darkest Colour | JD Colour V2.0 | Returns the index number of | | the darkest colour. =Jd Date$ |JD Extension V5.9| Reads the system date and | | returns it in a string, in the | | format "DD.MM.YY". =Jd Day(D,M,Y) |JD Extension V5.9| Works out the day of the week | | and returns it as a number. D | | is the day, M is the month and | | Y is the year. It returns a | | value between 0 (Saturday) and | | 6 (Friday). | | Example: | | DAY=Jd Day(23,5,2009) | | -> Day=0 =Jd Day$(WEEKDAY) |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the name of the day. | | WEEKDAY is the day you wish to | | know the name of. WEEKDAY must | | be between 1 (Sunday) and 7 | | (Saturday). =Jd Day Of Year(D,M,Y) |JD Extension V5.9| Works out the day number of | | the year and returns it as a | | number. D is the day, M is the | | month and Y is the year. | | Example: | | Z=Jd Day Of Year(23,5,2009) | | -> Z=143 =Jd Dayval("DD.MM.YYYY") |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the value of the day | | given in the datestring, even | | if the day number is invalid! | | Examples: | | D=Jd Dayval("13.06.2009") | | -> D=13 | | D=Jd Dayval("53.06.2009") | | -> D=53 =Jd Deoct(OCT$) |JD Extension V5.9| Converts an octal string to a | | decimal number. | | Examples: | | "20" -> 16 | | "07" -> 7 | | "375" -> 253 | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Detab(O$,SPACES) |JD Extension V5.9| Exchanges any tabs (Chr$(9)) | | found in O$ with the specified | | number of spaces (SPACES). Jd Diskchange |JD Extension V5.9| Waits for the disk to be | | ejected and another disk | | inserted. It doesn't check | | that the disks are different, | | so you can re-insert the disk | | you just took out! =Jd Distance(X1,Y1 To X2,Y2) |JD Extension V5.9| Calculates the distance | | between two points and returns | | the result in pixels. | | This command occasionally | | returns incorrect results. | | Examples: | | D=Jd Distance(5,50 To 10,50) | | -> D=4 (!) | | D=Jd Distance(5,50 To 5,75) | | -> D=25 | | DOESN'T WORK!?? Jd Dled Off |JD Extension V5.9| Switches the drive-LED off. Jd Dled On |JD Extension V5.9| Switches the drive-LED on. =Jd Double Click |JD Extension V5.9| Returns which mouse button has | | just been double clicked (even | | after a Jd Multi Off command | | has been used). | | 1=Left mouse button | | 2=Right mouse button =Jd Dpath(PATH$) |JD Extension V5.9| Searches for the file part and | | returns the starting location | | in the string. | | Example: | | FP=Jd Dpath("RAM:WORK/TEST") | | -> FP=10 Jd Draw Angle X,Y,LENGTH,ANGLE |JD Extension V5.9| Draws a line from the | | coordinates X,Y. LENGTH is the | | length of the line and ANGLE | | is the angle at which the line | | is to be drawn. | | Examples: | | Rem vertical line | | Jd Draw Angle 100,100,50,90 | | Rem horizontal line | | Jd Draw Angle 100,100,50,180 Jd Draw Segment X,Y,XR,YR,SA,EA |JD Extension V5.9| Draws a segment on the screen | | using the current ink colour. | | X,Y is the starting | | coordinates and XR,YR are the | | X and Y radiuses. SA and EA | | are the starting and ending | | angles for the segment. | | Example: | | X=100: Y=100: XR=30: YR=10 | | S=270: E=180: Rem SA and EA | | Jd Draw Segment X,Y,XR,YR,S,E =Jd Drive$(_PATH$) | JD Colour V2.0 | Takes the file path (_PATH$) | | and returns the drive name. | | Example: | | _PATH$="ram:AMOS/pic2.iff" | | DR$=Jd Drive$(_PATH$) | | -> DR$="ram:" =Jd Dump$(STRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Converts a memory string into | | a writeable string, by turning | | any control characters into | | full stops. | | Example: | | "AM"+Chr$(13)+"OS" ->"AM.OS" =Jd E# |JD Extension V5.9| Returns E# (2.7182817). If | | returning to an integer | | variable (e.g. E) then the | | value returned is rounded down | | to 2. | | Examples: | | E=Jd E# -> 2 | | E#=Jd E# -> 2.71828 =Jd Encrypt$(STRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Encrypts STRING$ and returns | | the result. To unencrypt a | | string see the Jd Crypt$ | | command. =Jd Eqv(VALUE1,VALUE2) |JD Extension V5.9| Equivalent of two numbers. | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Exdatazone(EXTENSION_NUMBER) |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the address of the | | datazone of an extension. | | EXTENSION_NUMBER is the number | | of the extension you wish to | | find the datazone of. =Jd Extend$(STRING$,LENGTH,MODE) |JD Extension V5.9| The opposite to the Jd Skip$ | | command, this extends STRING$ | | to the new length (LENGTH) and | | places extra spaces at the | | start and end of the string, | | depending on the MODE setting. | | If LENGTH is less than the | | length of STRING$, STRING$ | | will be returned as-is. | | Examples: | | =Jd Extend$("JD",4,0)->" JD " | | =Jd Extend$("JD",4,-1)>" JD" | | =Jd Extend$("JD",4,1)->"JD " | | =Jd Extend$("JD",1,1)->"JD" =Jd Exval$(VALUE,LENGTH) |JD Extension V5.9| Takes VALUE and converts it to | | a string with the length | | LENGTH. | | Examples: | | VALUE=3 LENGTH=3 ->"003" | | VALUE=256 LENGTH=4 ->"0256" | | VALUE=12 LENGTH=6 ->"000012" =Jd Exval$(VALUE,LENGTH,CHR$) |JD Extension V5.9| Same as previous command, but | | allows you to replace 0's with | | spaces, by changing CHR$ to | | anything other than 0. If CHR$ | | is "0" then it is no different | | to the previous command. =Jd False Colour(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the false colour. | | It takes the hexadecimal value | | of the colour and shifts it to | | the right. | | Examples: | | $FFF -> $FFF | | $345 -> $534 | | $0F0 -> $00F =Jd File$(PATH$) | JD Colour V2.0 | Returns the file part of the | | path. | | Example: | | FP$=Jd File$("RAM:WORK/TEST") | | -> FP$="TEST" =Jd File Comment$(FILE$) |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the comment from a | | file (FILE$). If there is no | | comment an empty (null) string | | is returned. =Jd File Protection(FILE$) |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the protection-bits | | (%HSPARWED) of a file (FILE$). | | For the lower 4 bits, 0 means | | on and 1 off. However, for the | | upper 4 bits 0 is off and 1 is | | on. For example the default | | flags '----rwed' have a value | | of 0. | | h=hidden s=script file | | p=pure file a=archive | | r=readable w=writeable | | e=executable d=deletable | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd File Size(FILE$) |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the length of a file | | (FILE$). If an error occurs | | then -1 is returned. =Jd File Type(FILE$) |JD Extension V5.9| Returns a result depending on | | the type of the file (FILE$). | | >0 Directory | | 0 Error | | <0 File Jd Fill Colour NCOL To OCOL,X1,Y1 | JD Colour V2.0 | Changes the colour of a pixel To X2,Y2| | that lies with the specified | | area. NCOL is the new colour, | | OCOL is the old colour and X1, | | Y1 to X2,Y2 is the area that | | will be affected. | | NB: This command is buggy and | | doesn't seem to recognise the | | Y2 coordinate. =Jd Find(ARRAY,S$) |JD Extension V5.9| Searches for a string in an | | array. Jokers are allowed. | | SYNTAX ERROR?? =JD Find(ARRAY,S$,POS) |JD Extension V5.9| As previous, but the optional | | POS parameter allows you to | | set a starting position within | | the array. | | SYNTAX ERROR?? =Jd Firstup$(STRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Takes STRING$ and converts all | | the first letters of words to | | uppercase. | | Examples: | | "a test" -> "A Test" | | "help@less" -> "Help@less" | | "help-less" -> "Help-Less" =Jd Fit(NUMBER,DIVISOR) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates NUMBER/DIVISOR and | | returns 1 if the result is an | | integer, or 0 if it isn't. Jd Flush |JD Extension V5.9| Clears unneeded libs, devs, | | fonts, etc. from memory. =Jd Format(DRIVE,NAME$) |JD Extension V5.9| Formats a disk. DRIVE is 0 for | | the internal drive (DF0:) or 1 | | for the external drive (DF1:). | | NAME$ is the disk name. | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Fpu |JD Extension V5.9| Detects if any FPU's are | | present and returns a number | | accordingly: | | 0=No Fpu | | 881=68881 or 68882 found Jd Get Area AREA$ |JD Extension V5.9| Despite its name it actually | | sets the area string (AREA$), | | which is used by the Jd Area | | First and Jd Area Last | | commands. The string can be | | used to set a limited range to | | be used on a dimensioned | | variable, among other things. | | Once set the string can be | | reset by the Jd Area Reset | | command. | | The 'first' and 'last' numbers | | must be between 0 and | | 2147483647. Examples: | | Jd Get Area "10-2147483647" | | Jd Area First=10 | | Jd Area Last=2147483647 | | Jd Get Area "2147483647" | | Jd Area First=2147483647 | | Jd Area Last=2147483647 | | Jd Get Area "10-" | | Jd Area First=10 | | Jd Area Last=0 | | Jd Get Area "-2147483647" | | Jd Area First=0 | | Jd Area Last=2147483647 =Jd Get Dim(VAR(0)) |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the dimension of a | | dimensioned variable. | | DOESN'T WORK?? =Jd Get Number(NUMBER,DIGITS) |JD Extension V5.9| Like the AMOS Input command, | | but with the ability to lock | | the location of the cursor. | | The input location can be | | altered by using the print | | commands (e.g. Print, Cdown, | | Cup, Cleft, Cright etc.) prior | | to the Jd Get Number command. | | NUMBER is the default value to | | be displayed and DIGITS is the | | length of the number. If this | | is 11 or more then (DIGITS-10) | | spaces will be between the | | left border and the left-most | | digit (including the negative | | symbol). | | NUMBER can be longer than the | | DIGITS specified, but if the | | user alters the value they | | can't retype it as the command | | refuses any input (other than | | Control+C or the Enter Key). | | Only positive numbers can be | | entered by the user, although | | NUMBER can be negative. | | It will return the number | | accepted by the users press of | | the Enter key. | | Examples: | | NUMBER=1 DIGITS=1 -> " 1" | | NUMBER=-10 DIGITS=2 -> "-10" | | NUMBER=303 DIGITS=3 -> " 303" =Jd Get String$(STRING$,MAXLENGTH) |JD Extension V5.9| Like the AMOS Input command, | | but with extra functions! | | STRING$ is the default string | | and MAXLENGTH is the maximum | | length of the string. If | | MAXLENGTH<1 then input is | | skipped. | | The input location can be | | altered by using the print | | commands (e.g. Print, Cdown, | | Cup, Cleft, Cright etc.) prior | | to the Jd Get String$ command. | | Editing functions available | | during input: | | Cursor Left = 1 position to | | the left | | Cursor Right= 1 position to | | the right | | Backspace = Delete letter | | left of cursor | | Delete = Delete letter | | under cursor | | Amiga+F = Cursor to first | | position | | Amiga+L = Cursor to last | | position | | Amiga+R = Reset string to | | STRING$ | | Amiga+S = Temporarily | | save string | | Amiga+U = Set string to | | last saved | | string | | Amiga+X = Delete string | | on display | | Enter = Accept current | | string =Jd Get Tab |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the tab length. =Jd Green Value(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the green part of | | the colour and returns it. | | Example: | | $0F0 -> $00F =Jd Grey Colour(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Converts the RGB colour value | | to greytone. Useful for | | converting colour images to | | greyscale. | | USES PROPER CONVERSION?? Jd Grid X,Y,W,H,COLS,ROWS |JD Extension V5.9| Draws a grid on the screen. | | X,Y is the starting coords, | | with W as the width and H as | | the height. COLS is the number | | of columns in the grid and | | ROWS is the number of rows in | | the grid. =Jd Guru(TEXT1$,TEXT2$) | JD Colour V2.0 | Creates a Pseudo Guru screen | | and displays the text in | | TEXT1$ and TEXT2$. It returns | | the mouse button that was | | pressed. | | 1=Left mouse button | | 2=Right mouse button =Jd Hardware$ |JD Extension V5.9| Takes all the devices found | | and returns them in a string. | | Example: | | =Jd Hardware$->"RAM:PAR:CON:" Jd Hexdump BWL,ADDRESS,LENGTH,WIDTH |JD Extension V5.9| Writes a hexdump to the screen | | starting from ADDRESS. LENGTH | | is the number of bytes to be | | listed (if this exceeds the | | length of the screen, then the | | screen is scrolled up). WIDTH | | is the number of bytes to be | | listed per line and will be | | wrapped down to the next line | | if it exceeds the line limit | | (e.g. 12 on a lowres screen). | | BWL sets how the listing is | | grouped and for a normal | | hexdump would be set to 4 | | (longwords). It can be set to | | 2 (words) or 1 (bytes). =Jd Imp(VALUE1,VALUE2) |JD Extension V5.9| Implication of 2 numbers. | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Input Con(CON-BASE) | JD Colour V2.0 | Returns the string contents of | | the window opened with the | | Jd Open Con command. The | | string must be terminated by | | pressing Enter, otherwise the | | command will appear to freeze. | | CON-BASE is the address | | returned by the Jd Open Con | | command when the window was | | opened. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Insert$(STRING$,START,STRING2$) |JD Extension V5.9| Inserts STRING2$ into STRING$ | | from character START. If START | | is negative then it will crash | | AMOS, but if START is longer | | than STRING$ then STRING2$ is | | added to the end of STRING$. =Jd Install(DRIVE) |JD Extension V5.9| Installs a disk. DRIVE is 0 | | for internal drive (DF0:) or 1 | | for external drive (DF1:). | | It returns 1 if there was an | | error, or 0 if it was ok. | | DOESN'T WORK!?? Jd Intbar X,Y To X2,Y2 |JD Intuition V1.3| Draws a bar on the current | | intuition screen. X1,Y1 are | | the top-left coordinates of | | the bar and X2,Y2 are the | | bottom-right coordinates. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intbox X,Y To X2,Y2 |JD Intuition V1.3| Draws a box on the current | | intuition window. X,Y are the | | coordinates for the top-left | | of the box and X2,Y2 are the | | bottom-right coordinates. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Intclass |JD Intuition V1.3| Returns the type of the last | | event. Use with the Jd | | Intevent command. | | -1=Nothing | | 0=Disk put in a drive | | 1=Disk eingelegt | | 2=Menu (not implemented) | | 3=Gadget | | 4=Key pressed | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intcls |JD Intuition V1.3| Clears the current intuition | | window, using the current | | colour. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intcls COLOUR |JD Intuition V1.3| Clears the current intuition | | window, using colour COLOUR. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intcolour C,V |JD Intuition V1.3| Sets the colour? | | DOESN't WORK?? =Jd Intcurs(x) |JD Intuition V1.3| Returns the current X position | | of the intuition cursor, in | | pixels. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Intcurs(y) |JD Intuition V1.3| Returns the current Y position | | of the intuition cursor, in | | pixels. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intdrawmode MODE |JD Intuition V1.3| Sets the drawing mode for | | future window operations. | | MODE is a number between 0-7. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intellipse X,Y,XR,YR |JD Intuition V1.3| Draws an ellipse on the | | current intuition screen. | | X,Y are the coordinates for | | the centre of the ellipse. | | XR and YR are the X and Y | | radii for the ellipse. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Intevent |JD Intuition V1.3| Waits for an event to occur | | and returns the appropriate | | ASCII number, menu number, or | | gadget number. Use with the Jd | | Intclass command. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intlocate X,Y |JD Intuition V1.3| Sets the location of the text | | cursor in the window. X and Y | | are the coordinates for the | | cursor. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intline X,Y To X2,Y2 |JD Intuition V1.3| Draws a line starting from the | | coordinates X,Y to X2,Y2 on | | current intuition window. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Intmouse(x) |JD Intuition V1.3| Returns the X position of the | | mouse, in screen coordinates. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Intmouse(y) |JD Intuition V1.3| Returns the Y position of the | | mouse, in screen coordinates. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intmove X,Y |JD Intuition V1.3| Sets the graphic cursor to | | the coordinates X,Y. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intpaper COLOUR |JD Intuition V1.3| This sets the paper colour for | | future window operations. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intpen COLOUR |JD Intuition V1.3| This sets the pen colour for | | future window operations. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intplot X,Y |JD Intuition V1.3| Plots a dot on the current | | intuition window at the | | coordinates X,Y. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Intpoint(X,Y) |JD Intuition V1.3| Returns the colour at the | | coordinates X,Y on the current | | intuition window. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Intprint TEXT$ |JD Intuition V1.3| Writes text from the current | | cursor position. TEXT$ is the | | text to be written. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Intscreen Height |JD Intuition V1.3| Returns the intuition screen | | height. | | Command doesn't work on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) | | DOESN'T WORK?? =Jd Intscreen Width |JD Intuition V1.3| Returns the intuition screen | | width. | | Command doesn't work on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) | | DOESN'T WORK?? Jd Intzone NUMBER,X,Y To X2,Y2 |JD Intuition V1.3| Initialises your own gadget. | | Allows you to set up your own | | gadget zones for your windows, | | but don't forget you have to | | draw the gadgets yourself. | | NUMBER is the gadget number | | and X,Y To X2,Y2 define the | | coordinates of the gadget in | | the current intuition window. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Key To Asc(SCANCODE) | JD Colour V2.0 | Converts the key scancode to | | the ASCII equivalent. =Jd Keypress |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the keycode of any | | keys pressed (including the | | control keys). This is not the | | same as the Scancode command. =Jd Keywait(STRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Waits for a specific key to be | | pressed before continuing and | | returns the ASCII code of the | | key that was pressed. | | STRING$ can only contain the | | numbers 0-9, in any order. If | | it is a null string (contains | | no characters) then it waits | | for the next keypress. | | Examples: | | "012345" - Press any key 0-5 | | "674" - Press 6,7, or 4 | | "1" - Press only key 1 | | "" - Press any key =Jd Largest Chip Free |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the size of the | | largest free chip memory. =Jd Largest Fast Free |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the size of the | | largest free fast memory. =Jd Leap Year(YEAR) |JD Extension V5.9| Works out whether the year | | (YEAR) specified is a leap | | year or not. It returns -1 if | | it is or 0 if it isn't. =Jd Lightest Colour | JD Colour V2.0 | Returns the index number of | | the brightest colour. =Jd Limit(NUMBER,LLIMIT,ULIMIT) |JD Extension V5.9| Detects whether VALUE equals, | | or lies between, the lower | | limit (LLIMIT) and upper limit | | (ULIMIT). It returns 1 for | | yes and 0 for no. If LLIMIT | | is higher(!) than ULIMIT then | | it will always return 0. =Jd Linstr(STRING$,ISTRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Searches STRING$ for ISTRING$ | | and returns the start of the | | last occurance. | | Examples: | | =Jd Linstr("tester","te") ->4 | | =Jd Linstr("AMOS","MO") ->2 Jd Load Palette FILE$ | JD Colour V2.0 | Loads a 32 colour palette, | | previously saved with the Jd | | Save Palette command. FILE$ is | | the name of the palette to be | | loaded. =Jd Logical$ |JD Extension V5.9| Takes all the available | | logical devices and returns | | them in a string. | | Example: | | =Jd Logical$ -> "ENV:T:C:S:" =Jd Lsl(VALUE,SHIFTS) |JD Extension V5.9| Logical Shift Left. VALUE is | | the number to be shifted, and | | SHIFTS is the number of shifts | | to be performed on VALUE. | | The binary value added to the | | right is always a 0. The bit | | extracted from the left is | | deposited in the C flag and X | | flag. | | If the V flag was set by a | | previous command, it will be | | cleared. | | Examples: | | SHIFTS=1 00010111->00101110 | | SHIFTS=2 00010111->01011100 | | This command doesn't work, so | | use Turbo's Lsl commands. =Jd Lsr(VALUE,SHIFTS) |JD Extension V5.9| Logical Shift Right. VALUE is | | the number to be shifted, and | | SHIFTS is the number of shifts | | to be performed on VALUE. | | The binary value added to the | | left is always a 0. The bit | | extracted from the right is | | deposited in the C flag and X | | flag. | | If the V flag was set by a | | previous command, it will be | | cleared. | | Examples: | | SHIFTS=1 00010111->00001011 | | SHIFTS=2 00010111->00000101 | | This command doesn't work, so | | use Turbo's Lsr commands. =Jd Lswap(VAL) | JD Colour V2.0 | Swaps a longword around. If | | VAL is less than 8 hexadecimal | | digits, then a partial swap | | will occur with some digits | | filled with 0's. If VAL is | | less than 4 hexadecimal digits | | then no swap will occur, and | | extra 0 digits are added to | | the result. | | Examples: | | SW=Jd Lswap($12) | | -> SW=$1200 | | SW=Jd Lswap($1234) | | -> SW=$12340000 | | SW=Jd Lswap($123456) | | -> SW=$34560012 | | SW=Jd Lswap($12345678) | | -> SW=$56781234 =Jd Match(SEARCH$,TXT$) |JD Kick 3.0 V 1.1| Takes the string SEARCH$ and | | tries to find it in the string | | TEXT$. It returns a result of | | 1 if the string was found or 0 | | if it wasn't. SEARCH$ can | | contain wildcards: | | ? Matches one character. | | # Matches the following | | expression 0 or more | | times. | | (ab|cd) Matches any one of the | | items separated by '|' | | ~ Negates the following | | expression. It matches | | all strings that do | | not match the | | expression (eg. ~(foo) | | matches all strings | | that are not exactly | | "foo"). | | [abc] Matches any of the | | characters in the | | class. | | [~bc] Matches any of the | | characters not in the | | class. | | a-z Character range (only | | within character | | classes). | | % Matches 0 characters | | always (useful in | | "(foolbarl%)"). | | * Synonym for "#?", not | | available by default | | in OS 2.0. Available | | as an option that can | | be turned on - see the | | Jd Star Joker On/Off | | commands. | | Example: | | G=Jd Match("*MO*","AMOS") | | -> G=1 | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Match Nocase(SEARCH$,TXT$) |JD Kick 3.0 V 1.1| The same as the Jd Match | | command, except this is not | | case sensitive. | | Example: | | G=Jd Match("*mo*","AMOS") | | -> G=1 | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Mix Colours(COL1,COL2) | JD Colour V2.0 | Mixes two colours together and | | returns the result. | | Examples: | | COL1=$254, COL2=459 -> $356 | | COL1=$FFF, COL2=000 -> $777 | | COL1=$891, COL2=DF4 -> $AC2 =Jd Moff Click |JD Extension V5.9| Returns a value depending on | | which mouse buttons are | | pressed (works even after Jd | | Multi Off has been used). | | 0=No mouse buttons | | 1=Left mouse button | | 2=Right mouse button | | 3=Both mouse buttons =Jd Moff Key |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the keycode of a key | | that was pressed (works even | | after Jd Multi Off has been | | used). =Jd Monthval("DD.MM.YYYY") |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the value of the month | | given in the datestring, even | | if it's an invalid month! | | Examples: | | M=Jd Monthval("13.06.2009") | | -> M=06 | | M=Jd Monthval(13.26.2009") | | -> M=26 =Jd Mouse | JD Colour V2.0 | Shows the number of Show/Hide | | commands and returns it as a | | number. If the value returned | | <0 then the mouse is hidden, | | but if it is =>0 then the | | mouse is shown. | | Example: | | Hide : Hide : _SHOW=Jd Mouse | | -> _SHOW=-2 Jd Multi Off |JD Extension V5.9| Switches multitasking off. Jd Multi On |JD Extension V5.9| Switches multitasking on. =Jd Mwait |JD Extension V5.9| Waits for a mouse button to be | | held down (works even after Jd | | Multi Off has been used). | | Returns 1 for left button and | | 2 for the right button. =Jd Negative Colour(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the negative colour. | | Examples: | | $00F -> $FF0 | | $567 -> $A98 | | $9F0 -> $60F =Jd Ninstr(STRING$,CHR$) |JD Extension V5.9| Searches the string STRING$ | | for the first non-occurance of | | the string CHR$. CHR$ may be | | longer than 1 character, but | | only the first character will | | be used in the search. =Jd Ninstr(STRING$,CHR$,POSITION) |JD Extension V5.9| As above, but with an optional | | position parameter. =Jd Oct$(VALUE) |JD Extension V5.9| Converts VALUE to an octal | | string. The command gives | | invalid results if VALUE is | | above 63 or below -63. | | Examples: | | -63 -> "&-77" | | 7 -> "&07" | | 16 -> "&20" | | 63 -> "&77" =Jd Oct$(VALUE,LENGTH) |JD Extension V5.9| As above, but the optional | | LENGTH parameter specifies the | | length of the returned octal | | string. If LENGTH is too short | | to fit the octal string, then | | it will be ignored. | | This command also gives | | invalid results if VALUE is | | above 63 or below -63. | | Examples: | | =Jd Oct$(7,2) -> "&07" | | =Jd Oct$(20,2) -> "&24" | | =Jd Oct$(63,4) -> "&0077" | | =Jd Oct$(63,1) -> "&77" =Jd Odd(NUMBER) |JD Extension V5.9| Checks if NUMBER is an odd or | | even number. It returns 1 for | | even and 0 for odd. (The JD | | docs state it to be the other | | way round, but I found it to | | be wrong!) =Jd Open Con(W$) | JD Colour V2.0 | Opens an workbench window and | | returns the windows base | | address. W$ must contain the | | windows top-left coordinates, | | width, height and title. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) | | Example: | | W$="0/0/200/100/My Window" | | B=Jd Open Con(W$) =Jd Open Intscreen(X,Y,W,H) |JD Intuition V1.3| Opens an intuition screen. | | X and Y are the coordinates of | | the top-left of the screen, | | with W and H as the width and | | height. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Open Intwindow(X,Y,W,H,TITLE$) |JD Intuition V1.3| Opens an intuition window and | | returns the WindowBase. X and | | Y are the coordinates of the | | top-left of the window, with | | W and H as the width and | | height respectively. TITLE$ is | | the name of the window. | | The opened window contains no | | gadgets for adjusting or | | closing it. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) =Jd Paste$(STRING$,OUT$,IN$) |JD Extension V5.9| Takes STRING$ and replaces any | | occurance of OUT$ with IN$. | | Examples: | | A$=Jd Paste$("Eat","at","in") | | -> A$="Ein" | | A$=Jd Paste$("Me","e","oon") | | -> A$="Moon" | | A$=Jd Paste$("Mee","e","oon") | | -> A$="Moonoon" =Jd Path$(PATH$) | JD Colour V2.0 | Returns the path part of a | | file as a string. | | Example: | | PP$=Jd Path$("RAM:WORK/TEST") | | -> PP$="RAM:WORK" =Jd Percent(NUMBER,TOTAL) |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the percentual result. | | If NUMBER is larger than TOTAL | | you will get an "Illegal | | function call" error message. | | The same is true if NUMBER is | | negative. | | If you use a normal variable | | (e.g. PERCENT) the result is | | returned as a rounded-down | | integer, but if you use a | | floating-point variable (e.g. | | PERCENT#) the true value is | | returned. | | Examples: | | P=Jd Percent(9,91) -> P=8 | | P#=Jd Percent(9,91)->P#=8.19 | | DOESN't WORK!?? =Jd Pi# |JD Extension V5.9| Returns Pi (3.1415927), which | | is more accurate than the AMOS | | equivalent (3.1415922). If | | returned to an integer | | variable (e.g. PI) then it | | will be rounded down to the | | nearest whole number. | | Examples: | | PI=Jd Pi# -> PI=3 | | PI#=Jd Pi# -> PI#=3.14159 Jd Ppdecrunch START,END,DESTINATION |JD Extension V5.9| Decrunches a PowerPacker data | | file. START and END are the | | addresses of the start and end | | of the PowerPacker file. | | DESTINATION is the address of | | where the decrunched file is | | to be put. =Jd Ppfind Mem(ENDADDR) |JD Extension V5.9| Calculates the amount of | | memory needed to decrunch the | | file. ENDADDR is the end | | address of a loaded | | PowerPacker date file. Jd Print STRING$ |JD Extension V5.9| Prints STRING$ on the screen | | using a loaded font. You can't | | move it's location using AMOS' | | Text command, but it can be | | moved using AMOS' Locate | | command. | | Example: | | Jd Textfont "bocklin.font",27 | | Locate 0,5 | | Jd Print "Jd Extension V5.9" Jd Print Con CON-BASE,TEXT$ | JD Colour V2.0 | Prints text in the window | | previously opened using the | | Jd Con Open command. TEXT$ is | | the text to print and CON-BASE | | is the address returned by the | | Jd Con Open command when the | | window was opened. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Private |JD Extension V5.9| ILLEGAL - instruction for a | | debugger. Using it will crash | | AMOS Pro. Jd Prt Aspect MODE |Prt Extension 1.4| Sets the printer aspect mode. | | MODE=0 Horizontal | | MODE=1 Vertical =Jd Prt Bold |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn on bold mode. =Jd Prt Bold Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn off bold mode. =Jd Prt Borders Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn off borders. =Jd Prt Center |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | center justification on. =Jd Prt Clr Htab |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | delete a horizontal tab. =Jd Prt Clr Htabs |Prt Extension 1.4| As above, but for all | | horizontal tabs. =Jd Prt Clr Vtab |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | delete a vertical tab. =Jd Prt Clr Vtabs |Prt Extension 1.4| As above, but for all | | vertical tabs. =Jd Prt Clr Margins |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | erase any margins set. Jd Prt Density SETTING |Prt Extension 1.4| Sets the printer density. | | SETTING ranges from 1 to 7. =Jd Prt Double |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn on doublestrike mode. =Jd Prt Double Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn off doublestrike mode. =Jd Prt Doubleunder |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn on double underlining. =Jd Prt Doubleunder Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn off double underlining. =Jd Prt Elite |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | change it to 96 CPI. =Jd Prt Elite Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | change it to 80 CPI (default). =Jd Prt Enlarged |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn wide mode on. =Jd Prt Enlarged Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn wide mode off. =Jd Prt Ff |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | activate Form Feed. =Jd Prt Fine |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | change it to 136 CPI. =Jd Prt Fine Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | change it to 80 CPI (default). =Jd Prt Fjustify |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | full justification on. Jd Prt Image MODE |Prt Extension 1.4| Sets the printing mode. | | MODE=0 Positive | | MODE=1 Negative =Jd Prt Init |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | initialise it. =Jd Prt Italics |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn on italic mode. =Jd Prt Italics Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn off italic mode. =Jd Prt Justify Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will turn | | off any justification set. =Jd Prt Lf |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | activate Linefeed. =Jd Prt Ljustify |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | left justification on. =Jd Prt Lspace Eight |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to 1/8 linespace mode. =Jd Prt Lspace Six |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to 1/6 linespace mode. =Jd Prt Nlq |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn on NLQ. =Jd Prt Nlq Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn off NLQ and return to | | Pica. =Jd Prt Pline Down+CHR$(V1)+CHR$(V2) |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | partial line down. However, | | this also needs an additional | | value in the form of a word, | | formed by characters V1 and V2 | | (e.g. V1=$00; V2=$1C; | | WORD=$001C). =Jd Prt Pline Up+CHR$(V1)+CHR$(V2) |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | partial line up. However, this | | also needs an additional value | | in the form of a word, formed | | by characters V1 and V2 (e.g. | | v1=$00; V2=$1A; WORD=$001A). =Jd Prt Prop |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will turn | | on proportional mode. =Jd Prt Prop Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will turn | | off proportional mode. =Jd Prt Reset |Prt ExtensionV1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | reset it. =Jd Prt Reverse Lf |Prt ExtensionV1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | activate Reverse Linefeed. =Jd Prt Rjustiy |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | right justification on. | | No, thats not a typo on my | | part (the command really is | | =Jd Prt Rjustiy!), blame the | | creator of the extension for | | the typo in the command name | | (which should be Rjustify). =Jd Prt Set Bmargin+Chr$(V1)+Chr$(V2)|Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | the bottom margin. However, it | | also needs an additional value | | in the form of a word, formed | | by characters V1 and V2 (e.g. | | v1=$00; V2=$1A; WORD=$001A). =Jd Prt Set Danishi |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to Danish I letters mode. =Jd Prt Set Danishii |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to Danish II letters mode. =Jd Prt set Def Tabs |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | the tabs to their default | | values. =Jd Prt Set French |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to French letters mode. =Jd Prt Set German |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to German letters mode. =Jd Prt Set Htab+Chr$(V1)+Chr$(V2) |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | a horizontal tab. However, it | | also needs an additional value | | in the form of a word, formed | | by characters V1 and V2 (e.g. | | v1=$00; V2=$0A; WORD=$000A). =Jd Prt Set Italian |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to Italian letters mode. =Jd Prt Set Japanese |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to Japanese letters mode. =Jd Prt Set Lmargin+Chr$(V1)+Chr$(V2)|Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | the left margin. However, this | | also needs an additional value | | in the form of a word, formed | | by characters V1 and V2 (e.g. | | v1=$00; V2=$1A; WORD=$001A). =Jd Prt Set Norge |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to Norwegian letters mode. =Jd Prt Set Rmargin+Chr$(V1)+Chr$(V2)|Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | the right margin. However, it | | also needs an additional value | | in the form of a word, formed | | by characters V1 and V2 (e.g. | | v1=$00; V2=$1A; WORD=$001A). =Jd Prt Set Spanish |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to Spanish letters mode. =Jd Prt Set Sweden |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to Swedish letters mode. =Jd Prt Set Tmargin+Chr$(V1)+Chr$(V2)|Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | the top margin. However, this | | also needs an additional value | | in the form of a word, formed | | by characters V1 and V2 (e.g. | | v1=$00; V2=$1A; WORD=$001A). =Jd Prt Set Uk |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to UK letters mode. =Jd Prt Set Us |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | it to USA letters mode. =Jd Prt Set Vtab+Chr$(V1)+Chr$(V2) |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will set | | a vertical tab. However, this | | also needs an additional value | | in the form of a word, formed | | by characters V1 and V2 (e.g. | | v1=$00; V2=$08; WORD=$0008). Jd Prt Shade CM |Prt Extension 1.4| Sets the colour mode (CM) the | | printer will print in. | | CM=0 Black & White | | CM=1 Grey 1 | | CM=2 Colour | | CM=3 Grey 2 =Jd Prt Shadow |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn shadows on. =Jd Prt Shadow Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn shadows off. =Jd Prt Sub |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn on subscript. =Jd Prt Sub Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn off subscript. =Jd Prt Super |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn on superscript. =Jd Prt Super Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn off superscript. Jd Prt Threshold SETTING |Prt Extension 1.4| Sets the greytone threshold | | from 1 to 15. =Jd Prt Under |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn on underline mode. =Jd Prt Under Off |Prt Extension 1.4| Returns a string that, when | | sent to the printer, will | | turn off underline mode. Jd Pseudo Palette | JD Colour V2.0 | Makes a pseudo palette. For a | | 32 colour palette it sets up | | various shades of red, blue, | | green orange and yellow. | | Colour 0 remains as black. | | For lesser palettes (less than | | 16 colours) you only get the | | first colours. =Jd Rastport |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the address of the | | current rastport. =Jd Read Sector(DISK,SECTOR) |JD Extension V5.9| Reads a disk sector and stores | | it in a string. DISK is 0 for | | internal drive (DF0:) or 1 for | | external drive (DF1:), whilst | | SECTOR is the disk sector to | | be read. | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Red Value(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the red part of the | | colour and returns it. | | Example: | | $F63 -> $00F Jd Reduce Dim Array(VAR(0)),ND |JD Extension V5.9| Reduces a single dimension | | array. VAR is the name of the | | array to be reduced and ND is | | the new dimension. If ND is | | larger than 20 or less than 0 | | it won't work. =Jd Relabel(DEVICE$,NAME$) |JD Kick 3.0 V 1.1| Renames a disk. DEVICE$ is the | | device that the disk is in | | (e.g. DF0:), or a disk name. | | NAME$ is the new name to be | | given to the disk. | | The command returns a number | | depending on whether it was | | successful or not. | | -1=Ok | | 0=Error | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Rem Intzones |JD Intuition V1.3| Removes all gadget zones from | | the current intuition window. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Reset |JD Extension V5.9| Tries to perform a warm reset, | | but actually crashes the | | Amiga. Jd Reset Area |JD Extension V5.9| Resets the area string. The | | commands Jd Area First and | | Jd Area Last will always | | return 0, unless a new area | | is set with the Jd Get Area | | command. Jd Reset Dim Array(VAR(0)) |JD Extension V5.9| After using the Jd Reduce Dim | | Array command you can use this | | command to reset the dimension | | back to its original size. | | VAR is the name of the array | | to be reset. =Jd Request(STR1$,POS$,NEG$) | JD Colour V2.0 | Displays the AMOS system | | requestor. | | STR1$ is the text string, with | | POS$ and NEG$ containing the | | positive and negative strings | | respectively. | | It returns -1 or 0, depending | | on whether the positive (-1) | | or negative (0) button was | | selected. It will also return | | a result of 0 if the escape | | key was pressed. =Jd Request(STR1$,STR2$,POS$,NEG$) | JD Colour V2.0 | As above but with an optional | | extra text string. =Jd Request(STR1$,STR2$, | JD Colour V2.0 | As above but with an optional STR3$,POS$,NEG$)| | extra text strings. =Jd Request(STR1$,STR2$,STR3$ | JD Colour V2.0 | As above but with an optional STR4$,POS$,NEG$)| | extra text strings. =Jd Request(STR1$,STR2$,STR3$ | JD Colour V2.0 | As above but with an optional STR4$,STR5$,POS$,NEG$)| | extra text strings. =Jd Rgb Value(R,G,B) | JD Colour V2.0 | Takes the red (R), green (G) | | and blue (B) parts and | | calculates the colour value. | | Example: | | R=$F, G=$A, B=$D -> $FAD =Jd Rol(VALUE,SHIFTS) |JD Extension V5.9| Rotate left. Rotates VALUE to | | the left, the number of times | | specified by SHIFTS. | | The binary value added to the | | right is always the one that | | was taken from the left. | | Examples: | | SHIFTS=1 00001111->00011110 | | SHIFTS=5 00001111->11100001 | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Rol$(STRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Rotates STRING$ one letter to | | the left. | | Examples: | | "AMOS" -> "MOSA" | | "1 byte" -> " byte1" =Jd Ror(VALUE,SHIFTS) |JD Extension V5.9| Rotate right. Rotates VALUE to | | the right, the number of times | | specified by SHIFTS. | | The binary value added to the | | left is always the one that | | was taken from the right. | | Examples: | | SHIFTS=1 00001111->10000111 | | SHIFTS=5 00001111->01111000 | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Ror$(STRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Rotates STRING$ one letter to | | the right. | | Examples: | | "AMOS" -> "SAMO" | | "1 byte" -> "e1 byt" =Jd Roxl(VALUE,SHIFTS) |JD Extension V5.9| Rotate left, with transfer to | | X flag. Shifts VALUE to the | | left the number of times | | specified by SHIFTS. | | The bit taken off takes a | | detour via the X flag, so the | | bit added to the right is the | | contents of the X flag and | | then the bit taken off the | | left is added to the X flag. | | Examples: | | SHIFTS=2 | | XFLAG=0 00001111->00111100 | | XFLAG=1 00001111->00111110 | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Roxr(VALUE,SHIFTS) |JD Extension V5.9| Rotate right, with transfer to | | X flag. Shifts VALUE to the | | right the number of times | | specified by SHIFTS. | | The bit taken off takes a | | detour via the X flag, so the | | bit added to the right is the | | contents of the X flag and | | then the bit taken off the | | left is added to the X flag. | | Examples: | | SHIFTS=2 | | XFLAG=0 00001111->10000011 | | XFLAG=1 00001111->11000011 | | DOESN'T WORK!?? Jd Rprint STRING$ | JD Colour V2.0 | Writes a string that is right | | justified. Jd Save Palette FILE$ | JD Colour V2.0 | Saves a 32 colour palette. | | FILE$ is the name of the file | | the palette is to be saved to. | | This will always save 32 | | colours regardless of the | | screen mode. Jd Screen Border C,X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 | JD Colour V2.0 | Clears the area outside of the | | screen (X1,Y1 To X2,Y2) using | | colour C. Jd Screen Convert SOURCE,M,DEST,M2 | JD Colour V2.0 | Converts the screenmode of a | | screen. SOURCE is the source | | screen and DEST is the | | destination screen. M and M2 | | are the modes of the source | | and destination screen. | | NB: This command doesn't work. =Jd Screen Planes |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the number of | | bitplanes the current screen | | uses. If no screen is open | | when you use it, it will | | return a value of 248. =Jd Secstime$(SECS) |JD Extension V5.9| Converts the variable SECS | | (which represents a specific | | length of time in seconds) to | | a time string, in the format | | "HH:MM:SS". | | Example: | | SECS=118 | | Jd Secstime$ -> "00:01:58" | | NB: Unfortunately this command | | is buggy. Try SECS with a | | value of 3770 or 494, or try it | | in a For...Next loop. | | DOESN'T WORK?? =Jd Separate Black(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the blackform | | colour and returns it. | | Example: | | $0F0 -> $DDD =Jd Separate Blue(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the blueform colour | | and returns it. | | Example: | | $0F0 -> $88F =Jd Separate Cyan(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the cyanform colour | | and returns it. | | Example: | | $0F0 -> $05F =Jd Separate Green(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the greenform | | colour and returns it. | | Example: | | $00F -> $8F8 =Jd Separate Magenta(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the magentaform | | colour and returns it. | | Example: | | $00F -> $F05 =Jd Separate Red(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the redform colour | | and returns it. | | Example: | | $0F0 -> $F88 =Jd Separate Yellow(RGB) | JD Colour V2.0 | Calculates the yellowform | | colour and returns it. | | Example: | | $0F0 -> $FF0 =Jd Set Comment(FILE$,COMMENT$) |JD Extension V5.9| Sets the comment of a file. | | COMMENT$ is the text to be set | | as the comment and FILE$ is | | the file it is to be attached | | to. | | It returns 0 regardless of | | whether it was successful or | | not. =Jd Set Protection(FILE$,SETTINGS) |JD Extension V5.9| Sets the protection-bits for a | | file (FILE$). SETTINGS is a | | binary number used to set the | | HSPARWED settings. | | For the lower 4 bits, 0 means | | on and 1 off. However, for the | | upper 4 bits 0 is off and 1 is | | on. For example the default | | flags '----rwed' have a value | | of 0. | | It returns -1 if ok, or 0 if | | an error occured. | | h=hidden s=script file | | p=pure file a=archive | | r=readable w=writeable | | e=executable d=deletable Jd Setclock TIMES$ |JD Extension V5.9| Sets the system time. TIME$ is | | a string containing the time | | you wish to set the system to, | | in the format "HH:MM:SS". | | DOESN'T WORK?? Jd Setdate DATE$ |JD Extension V5.9| Sets the system date. DATE$ is | | a string containing the date | | you wish to set the system to, | | in the format "DD.MM.YY". | | DOESN'T WORK?? Jd Setoutput Amiga | JD Colour V2.0 | Changes output format to Amiga | | standard. Jd Setoutput Amos | JD Colour V2.0 | Changes output format to AMOS | | standard. =Jd Shortformat(DRIVE,NAME$) |JD Extension V5.9| Quick formats a disk. DRIVE is | | 0 for the internal drive | | (DF0:) and 1 for the external | | drive (DF1:). NAME$ is the new | | name for the disk. | | It returns 1 if an error | | occured, or 0 for ok. | | DOESN'T WORK!?? Jd Show Intscreen SCR |JD Intuition V1.3| Brings an intuition screen | | to the front. SCR is the | | address returned by the Jd | | Open Intscreen command when | | the screen was opened. | | Command doesn't work on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) | | DOESN'T WORK?? Jd Show Intwindow WIN |JD Intuition V1.3| Brings an intuition window | | to the front. WIN is the | | address returned by the Jd | | Open Intwindow command when | | the window was opened. | | Command doesn't work on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) | | DOESN'T WORK?? =Jd Skip$(STRING$) |JD Extension V5.9| Gets rid of any spaces at the | | start and end of STRING$. | | Examples: | | " AMOS BASIC " -> "AMOS BASIC" | | "AAAMOS " -> "AAAMOS" | | " AMOS" -> "AMOS" Jd Slide Down SOURCESCRN To DESTSCRN| JD Colour V2.0 | Copies a screen from one to | | another, starting from the | | top. The source screen | | (SOURCESCRN) must be less than | | the destination screen | | (DESTSCRN) or the command | | doesn't work. Jd Slide Left SOURCESCRN To DESTSCRN| JD Colour V2.0 | Copies a screen from one to | | another, starting from the | | right. The source screen | | (SOURCESCRN) must be less than | | the destination screen | | (DESTSCRN) or the command | | doesn't work. Jd Slide Right SRCESCRN To DESTSCRN | JD Colour V2.0 | Copies a screen from one to | | another, starting from the | | left. The source screen | | (SRCESCRN) must be less than | | the destination screen | | (DESTSCRN) or the command | | doesn't work. Jd Slide Up SOURCESCRN To DESTSCRN | JD Colour V2.0 | Copies a screen from one to | | another, starting from the | | bottom. The source screen | | (SOURCESCRN) must be less than | | the destination screen | | (DESTSCRN) or the command | | doesn't work. Jd Slide X SOURCESCRN To DESTSCRN | JD Colour V2.0 | Copies a screen from one to | | another, starting from the | | right. The source screen | | (SOURCESCRN) must be less than | | the destination screen | | (DESTSCRN) or the command | | doesn't work. Jd Slide Y SOURCESCRN To DESTSCRN | JD Colour V2.0 | Copies a screen from one to | | another, starting from the | | bottom. The source screen | | (SOURCESCRN) must be less than | | the destination screen | | (DESTSCRN) or the command | | doesn't work. Jd Spline XS,YS,XE,YE,XC,YC,SR |JD Extension V5.9| Draws a spline curve using the | | current ink. XS,YS are the | | starting coordinates and XE,YE | | are the ending coordinates. | | XC,YC are the control | | coordinates and SR is the step | | rate. | | Example: | | XS=100: YS=100 | | XE=180: YE=180 | | XC=150: YC=50: S=5 : Rem S=SR | | Jd Spline XS,YS,XE,YE,XC,YC,S Jd Spread STRING$,DIRECTION,DELAY |JD Extension V5.9| Centres a string at the | | current cursor position and | | 'spreads' it. DELAY is the | | time between each update and | | DIRECTION is -1 for internal | | spread or 1 for external | | spread. | | Examples: | | Jd Spread "string",-1,10 | | -> ri | | trin | | string | | Jd Spread "string",1,10 | | -> sg | | stng | | string Jd Spread Palette SF To EF | JD Colour V2.0 | Spreads a colour into others. | | Example: | | Rem Colour 2=Red | | Rem Colour 3=Blue | | Rem Colour 4=Green | | Rem Colour 5=Black | | Jd Spread Palette 2 To 5 | | Rem Colour 2=Red | | Rem Colour 3=Dark Red | | Rem Colour 4=very Dark Red | | Rem Colour 5=Black Jd Squash STRING$,DIRECTION,DELAY |JD Extension V5.9| This is the opposite of the Jd | | Spread command. It displays a | | centred string at the current | | cursor position and 'squashes' | | it. DELAY is the time between | | each update and DIRECTION is | | -1 for external squash or 1 | | for internal squash. | | Examples: | | Jd Squash "string",-1,10 | | -> string | | trin | | ri | | | | Jd Squash "string",1,10 | | -> string | | stng | | sg | | Jd Star Joker Off |JD Kick 3.0 V 1.1| Deactivates the star joker (*) | | used in the Jd Match and Jd | | Match Nocase commands. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Star Joker On |JD Kick 3.0 V 1.1| Activates the star joker (*) | | for use in the Jd Match and Jd | | Match Nocase commands. | | Command works on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Swap Colours COL1,COL2 | JD Colour V2.0 | Swaps the values of the colour | | indexs COL1 and COL2. Jd Textfont "siesta.font",8 |JD Extension V5.9| Set the font and font size for | | use with the Jd Print and | | AMOS' Text commands. If the | | font size doesn't exist, the | | command will calculate it | | based on the first size found | | below its value, but this may | | take a few seconds (depending | | on your, and the users setup). | | If an error occurs, any text | | commands won't print anything. | | Example: | | FONTS:TABLE.FONT | | TABLE/12 | | 20 | | Jd Textfont "TABLE.FONT",18 | | Rem * Calculates size 18 with | | Rem * data from size 12 =Jd Time$ |JD Extension V5.9| Reads the system time and | | returns it in a string, in the | | format "HH:MM:SS". =Jd Timesecs(TIME$) |JD Extension V5.9| Takes the time string TIME$, | | in the format "HH:MM:SS", and | | returns the time in seconds to | | a numeric variable. | | Examples: | | TIME$="00:01:45" | | Jd Timesecs(TIME$) -> 105 | | TIME$="99:59:59" | | Jd Timesecs(TIME$) -> 359999 | | If the string TIME$ is in the | | wrong format a result of 0 is | | returned. Jd Toggle Click |JD Kick 3.0 V 1.1| Changes the status of the | | drive assembly clicking. Use | | this command a 2nd time to put | | the drives back to their | | normal status (e.g. clicking). | | Command works on OS3 only | | (Kickstart 39.106; | | workbench 37.71) Jd Tone Colour NUMBER,FACTOR | JD Colour V2.0 | Brightens or darkens a colour. | | NUMBER is the colour index | | (e.g. 0 to 3 on a 4 colour | | screen) and FACTOR is the | | amount to adjust it by. If | | FACTOR is negative the colour | | will be darkened and if it is | | positive it will be | | brightened. Jd Tscroll STRING$,DIRECTION,DELAY |JD Extension V5.9| Scrolls STRING$ across the | | centre of the line that the | | current cursor position is on. | | DELAY is the delay between | | each scroll and DIRECTION is | | -1 to scroll to the left or 1 | | to scroll to the right. | | If STRING$ is equal to or | | longer than the width of the | | screen (e.g. 40 characters for | | lowres screens) then the | | command doesn't work and | | prints the scrolled text down | | the screen! | | The scrolling stops when any | | key (including mouse keys) are | | pressed and the next command | | is executed. Jd Type STRING$,DELAY,SOUND |JD Extension V5.9| Writes STRING$ to the screen | | from the current cursor | | position, just like a | | typewriter. DELAY is the time | | between each character is | | printed. SOUND is 0 for off or | | 1 for on. | | NB: COMMAND CRASHES!?? Jd Use Intscreen SCR |JD Intuition V1.3| Set an intuition screen as | | active. SCR is the address | | returned by the JD Open | | Intscreen command. | | Command doesn't work on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) | | DOESN'T WORK?? Jd Use Intwindow WIN |JD Intuition V1.3| Set an intuition window as | | active. WIN is the address | | returned by the Jd Open | | Intwindow command when the | | window was created. | | Command doesn't work on OS2 | | (Kickstart 37.350; | | workbench 37.71) | | DOESN'T WORK?? Jd Video Off |JD Extension V5.9| Switches the screen display | | off, so you can draw (or load | | in) new screens and then flick | | them into view with the Jd | | Video On command. Jd Video On |JD Extension V5.9| Switches the screen display | | on, after being switched off | | with the Jd Video Off command. =Jd Volume$ |JD Extension V5.9| Takes all the disk names found | | and returns them in a string. | | Example: | | =Jd Volume$ -> "RAM DISK:CF:" =Jd Wait Amiga |JD Extension V5.9| Waits for a key to be pressed | | at the same time as the Amiga | | key and returns the value of | | that key. The value returned | | is the Scancode value (though | | the official docs claim it to | | be the ASCII value!). Jd Wait Event |JD Extension V5.9| Waits for a mouse button or a | | key to be pressed. Jd Wait Raster LINE | JD Colour V2.0 | Waits for the rasterline to | | reach a specific line before | | allowing the program to | | continue. LINE has to be | | between 0 and 256. | | SYNTAX ERROR?? =Jd Write Sector(DATA$,DISK,SECTOR) |JD Extension V5.9| Writes a sector-string (length | | must be 512!) to the specfied | | disk sector. DATA$ is a string | | containing the data to be | | written; DISK is 0 for the | | internal drive (DF0:) or 1 for | | the external drive (DF1:); | | SECTOR is the disk sector the | | data is to be written to. | | It returns -1 if there was an | | error or 0 if it worked. | | DOESN'T WORK!?? =Jd Wswap(VAL) | JD Colour V2.0 | Swaps a word around. If VAL is | | longer than 4 hexadecimal | | digits, only the 4 nearest the | | LSB will be swapped and | | returned. If VAL is less than | | 4 hexadecimal digits, then the | | 2 LSB digits will be set to 0. | | Examples: | | SW=Jd Wswap($1) | | -> SW=$100 | | SW=Jd Wswap($12) | | -> SW=$1200 | | SW=Jd Wswap($1234) | | -> SW=$3412 | | SW=Jd Wswap($123456) | | -> SW=$5634 =Jd X Pos(X,Y,DISTANCE,ANGLE) |JD Extension V5.9| Calculates the new X-position | | using the DISTANCE and ANGLE | | given. | | Examples: | | NEWX=Jd X Pos(100,100,20,0) | | -> NEWX=120 | | NEWX=Jd X Pos(100,100,20,180) | | -> NEWX=80 =Jd Xoffset |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the X-offset of the | | current screen. =Jd Y Pos(X,Y,DISTANCE,ANGLE) |JD Extension V5.9| Calculates the new Y-position | | using the DISTANCE and ANGLE | | given. | | Examples: | | NEWY=Jd Y Pos(100,100,50,90) | | -> NEWY=150 | | NEWY=Jd Y Pos(100,100,50,270) | | -> NEWY=50 =Jd Yearval("DD.MM.YYYY") |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the value of the year | | given in the datestring. | | Example: | | M=Jd Yearval("13.06.2009") | | -> M=2009 =Jd Yoffset |JD Extension V5.9| Returns the Y-offset of the | | current screen. Jvp Bin Sort SRC,NR,MAP To DEST,WORK|Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | String sorting command that is | | optimized for speed, but uses | | a large amount of memory due | | to the sorting technique used. | | SRC is a pointer to an address | | list of the strings you | | want to sort, where each | | string should be | | addressed at it's absolute | | address as a longword. | | NR is the number of strings | | MAP is a pointer to a 256 byte | | bank. This is where you | | place a copy of the | | character set (chr$(0) to | | chr$(255)). Altering this | | changes how various | | characters are treated | | (e.g. put asc("A") at | | asc("a") would equal these | | characters). | | DEST points to an area where | | the search results can be | | placed. This area should | | be just as long as the | | address-list pointed to by | | SRC (e.g. 4*NR). | | WORK points to a safe area of | | memory to be used by the | | command. This must be at | | least (NR+3)*16 bytes in | | length. Jvp Bin Sort Type VAL |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Determines the type of string | | to sort. | | VAL=0 DOS-type strings | | VAL=1 AMOS-type strings =Jvp Cstr$(S1$,S2$,S3$,S4$,S5$,S6$) |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Combines AMOS-strings into one | | string and returns it. S1$ to | | S6$ are the strings to be | | combined. =Jvp Msg$ |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Returns the special Title | | field of the bank. If none | | have been defined then an | | empty string will be returned. =Jvp Msg$(GROUP,SUBGROUP,ITEM) |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Returns the message at the | | specified location. If no | | message has been defined, or | | the numbers are out of range, | | an empty string will be | | returned. =Jvp Msg Bank |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Returns the number of the | | current message bank in use. | | Returns 0 if none are active. =Jvp Msg Exists(GROUP,SUBGROUP,ITEM) |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Checks if a message is present | | at the specified location, and | | returns the result. | | -3 Item number is out of | | range. | | -2 Sub-group is out of range | | -1 Group is out of range. | | 0 Specified location is | | valid, but no message has | | been defined. | | Other values mean that a | | message was found and points | | to the structure of the text. Jvp Set Msg Bank BANK |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Sets the AMOS bank to be used | | by the other Jvp Msg commands. Jvp Set Str Len S1,S2,S3,S4,S5,S6 |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Sets how many characters | | should be used from each | | string when using the Jvp Str$ | | command. If the strings are | | shorter than indicated they | | will be padded with spaces. Jvp Set Str Sep |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Same as the commands below, | | but sets all separators to | | the default character (" "). Jvp Set Str Sep S1 |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Same as the command below, but | | sets all separators to | | chr$(S1). Jvp Set Str Sep S1,S2,S3,S4,S5,S6 |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | This sets what character is to | | be placed after each string | | when using the Jvp Str$ | | command. S1 to S6 is the ASCII | | code of the character to be | | used. If it is set to 0 then a | | separator won't be placed. | | The default separator is " " | | (Chr$(32)). | | If a string length is 0 then | | no separator will be added. =Jvp Str$(AD1,AD2,AD3,AD4,AD5,AD6) |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Combines DOS-strings into one | | string and returns it. AD1 to | | AD6 are the addresses of the | | strings to be combined. =Jvp Version |Jvp-NoKids V1.01 | Returns the version number of | | this extension x100. | | Example: | | 101 = Version 1.01 =L Swap(X) | Turbo v1.9 | Returns value of X with upper | | and lower bits swapped around | | (eg. $FFFF0000 -> $0000FFFF) =L.swap(X) | CRAFT v1.00 | Same as L Swap. =Lansi(ANSI$) | LDos v2.5 | Converts ANSI-sequences to | | AMOS format, and returns the | | result. ANSI$ contains a | | normal ANSI-sequence which | | doesn't have to be complete if | | the rest of the sequence | | follows in the next call(s). | | Supported ANSI control codes: | | $C (*) Clw/Home | | ESC[n;n;n;nm Style, foregrou- | | nd or backgroun- | | d. Lansi detects | | if style or | | colour are to be | | changed. It is | | legal to omit | | any of the | | parameters as | | long as you | | specify at least | | one, and end the | | sequence with m. | | Supported styles | | are: Italics | | (shaded), | | Inverse and | | Underline, other | | styles are | | simply ignored. | | Please note that | | changing from | | one style to | | another doesn't | | turn off the | | last used style. | | To reset to pen | | colour 1, backg- | | round colour 0 | | and no style, | | use ESC[0m | | ESC[0 Cursor invisible | | (ignored) | | ESC[0 p Cursor visible | | (ignored) | | ESC[xA Cursor up x | | lines. x may be | | omitted | | ESC[xB Cursor down x | | lines. x may be | | omitted | | ESC[xC Cursor right x | | columns. x may | | be omitted | | ESC[xD Cursor left x | | columns. x may | | be omitted | | ESC[y;xH Locate x,y. y | | may be omitted | | ESC[x@ Insert x spaces. | | x may be omitted | | ESC[L Insert line | | $a Linefeed. Passed | | on to AMOS | | $d Carriage return. | | Passed on to | | AMOS | | $8 Backspace. | | Passed on to | | AMOS | | ESC[2J Clw. To my | | knowledge it | | isn't possible | | to support | | "clear window at | | cursor" so even | | if only ESC[J is | | printed the | | whole window is | | cleared | | ESC[K Clear line at | | cursor | | ESC[M Clear line | | (*) $C really isn't an ANSI | | code, but is supported since | | many BBS programs, AmigaDOS | | and others, use this. Launch FILE$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Starts FILE$ as a new task. | | Many programs don't work when | | started from AMOS, as they | | aren't part of workbench or a | | CLI environment. Launch FILE$,STACK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Starts FILE$ as a new task. | | STACK holds the amount of | | stack memory to be allocated. | | Many programs don't work when | | started from AMOS, as they | | aren't part of workbench or a | | CLI environment. =Lback Hunt(CHARACTER,START To END) | LDos v2.5 | Scans an area of memory | | searching for CHARACTER. START | | and END is the area of memory | | to be scanned, starting from | | START and working backwards to | | END. If CHARACTER is found | | it's address is returned. | | Example: | | STRT=Start(10)+Length(10) | | END=Start(10) | | CHR=13 | | C=Lback Hunt(CHR,STRT To END) Lbstr A$,START | LDos v2.5 | Copy's the contents of A$ to | | an address in memory (START). | | No checks are made to see | | whether the bufferlimit has | | been exceeded or whether there | | was enough room for the string | | in the bank. =Lcat Blocks | LDos v2.5 | Returns the number of blocks | | that the current file returned | | by Lcat Next occupies. | | FFS has 512 bytes per block, | | compared to SFS which has 448 | | bytes. =Lcat Comment | LDos v2.5 | Same as the Lget Comment | | function, except it returns | | the comment for the file last | | returned by Lcat Next. | | NB: The string variables used | | with other LDos string | | functions will always | | contain exactly the same | | contents, except when they | | are empty (null). =Lcat First(FILE$) | LDos v2.5 | Sets a directory for LDos to | | use. If successful it will | | return the name of the file or | | directory. | | Caution! In the event that | | FILE$ does not exist, or the | | path is wrong, the | | "UNREGISTERED SHAREWARE | | version of LDos! Author really | | should register!" guru message | | appears (press either left or | | right mouse button to return | | to AMOS). | | NB: The string variables used | | with other LDos string | | functions will always | | contain exactly the same | | contents, except when they | | are empty (null). =Lcat Next(FILE$) | LDos v2.5 | Returns a string containing | | the name of the next file, or | | directory, in the current LDos | | directory. | | This command only returns the | | files and directory names, so | | no sizes or "*" will be in the | | returned string. You will have | | to use the other LDos disk | | commands to find that out. | | NB: The string variables used | | with other LDos string | | functions will always | | contain exactly the same | | contents, except when they | | are empty (null). =Lcat Prot | LDos v2.5 | Same as Lget Prot, except that | | it returns a value relating to | | the last listing returned by | | Lcat Next. Lcat Pull ADDRESS | LDos v2.5 | Pulls Lcat info previously | | pushed by the Lcat Push | | command. If you point to the | | wrong address, you may crash | | AMOS and/or Amiga DOS. If you | | point to an empty (null) bank | | you will get an error message. Lcat Push ADDRESS | LDos v2.5 | Stores Lcat info for later use | | at an address specified by the | | user (e.g. a reserved bank). | | 264 bytes are pushed, starting | | at ADDRESS. | | You can now use the Lcat | | functions on a different | | directory. When finished at | | the new location you can use | | Lcat Pull to retrieve the data | | you pushed. =Lcat Size | LDos v2.5 | Returns the size of the file | | (or directory) relating to the | | last listing returned by Lcat | | Next. If the current name is a | | directory then this command | | will return 0. Do not use this | | as a method to search for | | directories, as it is legal to | | have files that are 0 bytes | | in length - use Lcat Type | | instead. =Lcat Stamp | LDos v2.5 | Returns the datestamp (in | | AmigaDOS format) of the file, | | or directory, returned by | | Lcat Next. See the Ldate and | | Lstamp functions on how to | | process the datestamp. =Lcat Type | LDos v2.5 | Same as Lfile Type, except | | that it returns a value | | relating to the last listing | | returned by Lcat Next. | | A positive value returned | | means it's a directory, and a | | negative means it's a file. =Lchk Boot(ADDRESS) | LDos v2.5 | Calculates the checksum of the | | bootblock and returns it. | | ADDRESS is the location of the | | data-block. =Lchk Data(ADDRESS) | LDos v2.5 | Calculates the checksum of a | | data-block and returns it. | | ADDRESS is the location of the | | data-block. Lclose CHANNEL | LDos v2.5 | Closes a file opened by the | | Lopen command. It will not | | close any files opened with | | AMOS' Open In and Open Out | | commands. Lcrypt START,LONGS,PASSWORD$ | LDos v2.5 | Encrypts an area of memory. | | START is the starting address | | of the memory to be encrypted | | and LONGS is the length of | | memory to be encrypted, in | | longwords (e.g. LENGTH/4). | | PASSWORD$ is a string atleast | | 4 characters long that will be | | used to encrypt the data and | | will be used to decrypt the | | data with the Ldecrypt | | command. PASSWORD$ is also | | case-sensitive. Lcust Freq DEVWIDTH,FILEWIDTH,FILES | LDos v2.5 | Changes the size of the LDos | | file requester fields. | | DEVWIDTH is the width of the | | devicefield, in characters. | | FILEWIDTH does the same but | | for the filename/filesize | | window. FILES is the number | | of files/directories will be | | displayed in the window. | | Default values are 12,30,14. =Ldate(DATESTAMP) | LDos v2.5 | Converts a datestamp into an | | ASCII-string. The returned | | string will be in the format | | "YYMMDD" (e.g. "780101"). If | | the datestamp is less than 0 | | (below 1 Jan 1978) the string | | will be erroneous (see below). | | Valid dates range from 1 Jan | | 1978 to 31 Dec 2099. | | Examples: | | DATESTAMP= -53 -> "780184" | | DATESTAMP= -37 -> "7801:0" | | DATESTAMP= 0 -> "780101" | | DATESTAMP= 48213 -> "100101" | | DATESTAMP=154134 -> "991231" | | DATESTAMP=154171 -> ":00206" Ldecrypt START,LONGS,PASSWORD$ | LDos v2.5 | Decrypts an area of memory. | | START is the starting address | | of the memory to be decrypted | | and LONGS is the length of | | memory to be decrypted, in | | longwords (e.g. LENGTH/4). | | PASSWORD$ is a string atleast | | 4 characters long that will be | | used to decrypt the data and | | must be the same as the one | | used to encrypt the data with | | the Lcrypt command. PASSWORD$ | | is also case-sensitive. =Ldelete Var(NAME$) | LDos v2.5 | Removes a global environment | | variable from memory. It will | | return -1 (true) if a variable | | that matched NAME$ was found | | and removed, otherwise 0 | | (false) as the variable was | | not found. =Ldev First(ADDRESS) | LDos v2.5 | Returns a string containing | | the first device found on the | | system. ADDRESS is an area of | | memory where extra info will | | be stored. A total of 80 bytes | | are required for the info. | | ADDRESS+0 Devicetype: | | 0 = DOS devices | | (CON:,DF0:) | | 1 = Assignment | | 2 = Volume | | ADDRESS+4 Unitnumber | | ADDRESS+8 Devicename: | | Address of length | | of name. At the | | address, the first | | 2 bytes contain | | string length | | followed by the | | string itself. | | ADDRESS+12 Tablesize | | ADDRESS+16 Blocksize | | (in longwords) | | ADDRESS+20 Not used | | ADDRESS+24 Number of heads | | (surfaces) | | ADDRESS+28 Not used | | ADDRESS+32 Blocks per track | | ADDRESS+36 Reserved blocks | | (usually 2) | | ADDRESS+40 Not used | | ADDRESS+44 Interleave | | (usually 0) | | ADDRESS+48 Starting cylinder | | ADDRESS+52 Max cylinder | | ADDRESS+56 Number of buffers | | ADDRESS+60 BuffMemType: | | 1 = Public | | 3 = Fast | | 5 = Chip | | ADDRESS+64 Maxtransfer | | ADDRESS+68 MASK-value | | (DMA-devices) | | ADDRESS+72 Bootpriority | | ADDRESS+76 Dostype: | | $444F5300 = OFS | | $444F5301 = FFS | | NB: The string variables used | | with other LDos string | | functions will always | | contain exactly the same | | contents, except when they | | are empty (null). =Ldev Next(ADDRESS) | LDos v2.5 | Same as Ldev First, but finds | | the next item in the list. An | | empty (null) string will be | | returned if there are no more | | devices in the list. If you | | use the Ldev Next function | | again you will receive an | | error message. | | NB: The string variables used | | with other LDos string | | functions will always | | contain exactly the same | | contents, except when they | | are empty (null). =Ldevice(COMMAND,BUFFR,LENGTH,OFFSET)| LDos v2.5 | Sends a command to the device | | last opened by Ldevice Open. | | Extended devicecommands are | | not supported by LDos (so use | | the LSerial extension commands | | to perform serial I/O). | | BUFFR is the address where | | data can be fetched or put. | | LENGTH is the number of bytes | | you wish to read or write. | | OFFSET is where you wish to | | read or write. The value | | returned by Ldevice is the | | actual parameter returned by | | the device (IO_ACTUAL) and may | | mean different things for | | different devices/commands | | (see below). If a read or | | write operation took place | | then Ldevice will return the | | number of bytes actually | | written or read. For standard | | devices COMMAND is one of the | | following (for special devices | | such as trackdisk, serial etc. | | see documentation or Commodore | | include files): | | 0 Invalid? | | 1 Reset - act as newly | | restarted | | 2 Read | | 3 Write | | 4 Update (write all buffers) | | 5 Clear all buffers | | 6 Stop all I/O | | 7 Restart after stop | | 8 Flush, abort all queue | | | | The trackdisk.device has some | | special commands (remember: | | ALL buffers must be in CHIP | | memory, ALL offsets and | | lengths must be a multiple of | | 512. Offsets are always given | | in bytes (e.g. Root-block is | | 880*512)): | | 2 Read (with buffer in CHIP) | | 3 Write(with buffer in CHIP) | | 4 Update - write the | | internal buffer to disk. | | (You can also force this | | by reading another track) | | 5 Clear the internal buffer | | and thus force the device | | to read the next block | | from disk, even though it | | may have been in the | | buffer (used to make sure | | no other processes have | | done anything to the disk | | via hardware programming | | without updating the | | buffer or if the buffer | | was trashed) | | 9 Turn motor OFF (set LENGTH | | to 0) or ON (set LENGTH to | | 1) | | 10 Seek - move head to OFFSET | | and doesn't perform read | | to ensure it hit the right | | block | | 11 Format tracks. LENGTH must | | be 22*512(*2) bytes. (You | | can use format instead of | | write if you wish to copy | | to an unformatted disk) | | 12 Remove interrupt-PROS ONLY | | 13 Return the number of | | diskchanges | | 14 Determine if a disk is | | inserted (255=No disk) | | 15 Determine if a disk is | | writeprotected (0=No) | | 16 RawRead - PROS ONLY | | 17 RawWrite - PROS ONLY | | 18 Determine drivetype | | (1=3.5", 2=5.25") | | 19 Determine number of tracks | | 20 Change interrupt-PROS ONLY | | 21 Remove change interrupt - | | PROS ONLY | | 22 Determine last command Ldevice Close | LDos v2.5 | Closes the device opened by | | Ldevice Open. =Ldevice Error | LDos v2.5 | Determines if any (and if so | | which) error occured during | | the last operation. | | If trackdisk is used the | | returned value means: | | 0 Operation successful | | 20 Unknown error | | 21 No sector header present | | 22 Invalid sector header | | 23 Invalid sector ID | | 24 Incorrect header checksum | | 25 Incorrect sector checksum | | 26 Not enough sectors | | available | | 27 Illegal sector header | | 28 Disk is writeprotected | | 29 Disk was changed | | 30 Track not found | | 31 Not enough memory | | 32 Illegal sector number | | 33 Illegal drive type | | 34 Drive in use | | 35 Reset phase =Ldevice Open(NAME$,UNIT,FLAGS) | LDos v2.5 | Opens a device for use. Only | | one device can be open at a | | time. NAME$ is the devicename | | (e.g. "trackdisk.device"), | | UNIT is the unit number (e.g. | | 0 for DH0: and DF0:, 1 for | | DH1: and DF1: etc.) and FLAGS | | should be set to 0 (unless | | you're a "pro-devicer"). | | The function returns 0 if it | | was successful, or non-zero | | if the device couldn't be | | opened. =Ldisk Font(FONT$,SIZE) | LDos v2.5 | Loads a font from disk, making | | it directly available to Get | | Rom Fonts. FONT$ is the font | | name (including the ".font"). | | SIZE is the size of the font | | you wish to load. If the font | | size isn't available then a | | best match may be loaded in | | and scaled accordingly. | | A value greater than 0 is | | returned if the font loaded | | successfully, or less than 1 | | if the font wasn't found or is | | already in memory. Led Off | EME V3.0 DEMO | Turns off the sound filter | (AMOS Pro Lib) | (and the power light LED) | (AMOS-TC Lib) | switched on by the Led On | | command. Led On | EME V3.0 DEMO | Most tape recorders and hifi | (AMOS Pro Lib) | systems have a sound filter | (AMOS-TC Lib) | to "clean" up sound by getting | | rid of high frequencies that | | generate unwanted hiss. | | However there is a trade off | | between the sound quality and | | clear definition. This command | | switches on the filter (and | | the power light LED). =Left Click | Turbo v1.9 | Returns -1 if LMB pressed and | | works when multitasking off =Left Trim$(S$,TRIM$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Removes the leading characters | | in TRIM$ from S$. If TRIM$ is | | not specified, spaces are | | automatically removed from S$. =Lexecute(PROGRAM$) | LDos v2.5 | Start a program that doesn't | | need CLI I/O. This works very | | similar to the Lrun function, | | but only one program can be | | run. Started programs should | | open their own screen/window | | to function properly. If the | | program detaches itself then | | control will return to AMOS | | directly. | | Lexecute will return true (-1) | | regardless of whether it was | | successful or not. | | Example: | | P$="amigaguide RAM:LastR.txt" | | Amos To Back | | X=Lexecute(P$) | | Amos To Front | | Print "X=";X =Lfile Type(FILE$) | LDos v2.5 | Check whether FILE$ points to | | a file or a directory. It will | | return greater than 0 for a | | directory, or negative if it's | | a file. Lfilter LOW,HIGH,NEW,START To END | LDos v2.5 | START and END are the starting | | and ending points of the area | | of memory to be scanned. LOW | | and HIGH are the range of | | characters to be replaced by | | NEW. | | Example: | | Lreplace 0,31,32,START To END | | Rem replace control | | Rem characters with a space =Lfontsize Freq | LDos v2.5 | Returns the fontsize when the | | requester has been in font- | | mode (Lfreq FLAG set to $8), | | assuming a font was actually | | chosen. =Lfreq(TITLE$,FLAGS) | LDos v2.5 | Brings up a workbench file | | requester (so remember to use | | Amos To Back and AmoS To Front | | where appropriate). This | | function will return the path | | of the selected object (file | | or directory), or it will be | | empty (null) if the operation | | was aborted by the user. | | TITLE$ is the title of the | | requester window and FLAGS are | | the requestor settings: | | $1 Show .info files. | | $2 Extended select - not | | supported by LDos. | | $4 Dir cache. It will | | remember the last used | | directory so it won't | | have to be read in | | again at the next call. | | $8 Bring up the font | | requester. Use the | | Lfontsize Freq function | | to get hold of the size | | of the font. A$ will | | contain the full path | | and name of the font. | | Thus you may let the | | user select a font from | | any path and then load | | it using Ldisk Font. | | $10 Create a hide ".info" | | files gadget. | | $20 Do not create any hide | | and show gadgets. | | $40 Use absolute x,y for | | the requester, else it | | is placed directly | | under the mousepointer | | (x and y are hardcoded | | to the upper-left of | | the screen). Reposition | | of the requester by the | | user is allowed. | | $80 Purge cache whenever | | the datestamp of the | | directory changes. | | (Re-read the directory | | whenever it is changed) | | $100 Don't cache anything | | until the whole | | directory is read. | | $200 Do not sort files. | | $400 Do not create a scroll | | bar. | | $800 Used when choosing a | | file to save. | | $1000 Used when choosing a | | file to load. | | $2000 Only list directories. =Lget Comment(FILE$) | LDos v2.5 | Returns the comment from the | | file or folder from FILE$. If | | there is no comment it will | | return an empty (null) string. | | NB: The string variables used | | with other LDos string | | functions will always | | contain exactly the same | | contents, except when they | | are empty (null). =Lget Freq File | LDos v2.5 | Returns only the file from | | when the file requester was | | last used successfully. If | | the file requester has been | | used twice and the user | | aborted the 2nd time, this | | will return only the file from | | the first use. =Lget Freq Dir | LDos v2.5 | Returns only the path from | | when the file requester was | | last used successfully. If | | the file requester has been | | used twice and the user | | aborted the 2nd time, this | | will return only the path from | | the first use. =Lget Prot(FILE$) | LDos v2.5 | Returns the HSPARWED protect | | bits from a file or directory, | | as a value. | | Bit 7 = Hidden (Active High) | | Bit 6 = Script (Active High) | | Bit 5 = Pure (Active High) | | Bit 4 = Archive (Active High) | | Bit 3 = Readable (Active Low) | | Bit 2 = Writable (Active Low) | | Bit 1 =Executable(Active Low) | | Bit 0 = Deletable(Active Low) =Lget Var(NAME$) | LDos v2.5 | Returns the value from a | | global environment variable. | | NAME$ is the name of the | | variable you wish to get the | | value of. If successful the | | value will be returned in a | | string, otherwise the string | | will be empty (null). =Library Open(LIBRARY$) | Ercole 1.6 & | Opens any Amiga library file | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | and returns the address of | | where the library is placed. | | LIBRARY$ contains the name of | | the library, for example | | "dos.library". Library Close ADDRESS | Ercole 1.6 & | Closes opened libraries. | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | ADDRESS is the value returned | | by the Library Open command. Light Blue | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Light Blue). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Light Blue) Light Brown | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Light Brown). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Light Brown) Light Cyan | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Light Cyan). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Light Cyan) Light Green | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Light Green). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Light Green) Light Grey | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Light Grey). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Light Grey) Light Magenta | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Light Magenta). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Light Magenta) Light Red | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Light Red). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Light Red) Light Yellow | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Light Yellow). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Light Yellow) Limit Smouse |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Defines the region in which | | the second mouse can be moved | | on the screen. As no | | parameters are included the | | full size of the screen will | | be used. Limit Smouse X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Defines the region in which | | the second mouse can be moved | | on the screen. X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 | | define the rectangular area | | where the second mouse can | | move. Line 3d X,Y,Z To X1,Y1,Z1 | Turbo v1.9 | Draws a line in 3D space =Llargest Free(TYPE) | LDos v2.5 | Returns the size of the | | largest allocatable block of | | free memory. | | TYPE is 0 for CHIP memory or | | 1 for FAST memory. Lldir$ LOCATION$ | LDos v2.5 | Changes the current directory. | | Do not use the Dir$ command | | from AMOS, as this will | | confuse LDos commands. Use the | | Lldir$ command instead. =Lload(CHANNEL,DEST,LENGTH) | LDos v2.5 | Loads bytes from a file opened | | with the Lopen command. | | CHANNEL must be the same as | | used with the Lopen command. | | DEST is the address where the | | data is to be placed, usually | | the start of a bank. LENGTH is | | the number of bytes to be read | | in. | | This function will return the | | number of bytes read in. If it | | is less than the number you | | requested then you reached the | | end of the file. If an error | | occured, it will return -1. | | Example: | | X=Lload(1,Start(10),50) Llobuffer START To END | LDos v2.5 | Scans the memory from START to | | END and converts characters | | A-Z to a-z. | | Command should be Llowbuffer, | | but a typo by the author left | | out the "w". =Lmatch(STRING$,PATTERN$) | LDos v2.5 | Searches STRING$ for PATTERN$. | | Both strings must be null | | terminated. This function is | | case sensitive. Valid | | wildcards: | | ? Matches 1 character | | # Matches the following | | expression 0 or more | | times | | (a|d) Matches any items | | seperated by '|'. | | ~ Negates the following | | expression. It matches | | all strings that do not | | match the expression. | | (e.g. ~(foo) matches | | strings that are not | | exactly "foo") | | [abc] Character class. It | | matches any of the | | characters in the class | | [~bc] Character class. It | | matches any of the | | characters not in the | | class | | a-z Character range (only | | with character classes) | | % Matches 0 characters | | always (useful in | | "(foo|bar|%)") | | * Synonym for "#?", not | | available by default | | in 2.0. Available as an | | option that can be | | turned on | | "Expression" in the above | | means either a single | | character (e.g. "#?"), or an | | alternation (e.g. "#(ab|cd)"), | | or a character class | | (e.g. "#[a-zA-Z]"). =Lo Case$(TEXT$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns string TEXT$ with all | | characters converted to lower | | case. This is the same as the | | Lower$ command, but also works | | with accent characters | | (eg. é,ó,ú etc.). Lopen CHANNEL,NAME$,MODE | LDos v2.5 | Opens a file for input/output. | | CHANNEL can range from 1-3 and | | MODE is either 0 (opening an | | existing file) or 1 (creating | | a new file). NAME$ contains | | the name of the file and the | | path to it. | | Example: | | Lopen 1,"RAM:existingfile",0 Lpos Freq X,Y | LDos v2.5 | Changes the hardcoded X and Y | | position of the requester. | | X and Y are specified in | | pixels, with the defaults | | being 3 and 11 respectively. | | These coords will only be used | | when the $40 flag is set when | | using the Lfreq function. Lpp Decrunch START,END To DEST | LDos v2.5 | Decrunches a PowerPacked file. | | START is the address of the | | file and END is the address of | | the end of the file. The file | | will be unpacked to address | | DEST, where the bank must be | | atleast Lpp Mem bytes long. =Lpp Mem(ADDRESS) | LDos v2.5 | Calculates and returns how | | much memory a file crunched | | by PowerPacker will need to | | decrunch. ADDRESS points to | | the end of the file, and not | | the end of an AMOS bank (the | | banks are always rounded to | | the nearest multiple of 4, so | | may differ from the actual | | file size). Lreplace OLD,NEW,START To END | LDos v2.5 | START and END are the starting | | and ending points of the area | | of memory to be scanned. OLD | | is the ASCII character to be | | replaced with NEW. | | Example: | | Lreplace 9,32,START To END | | Rem replace tabs with a space =Lrexx Execute(NAME$) | LDos v2.5 | Executes an ARexx program. | | NAME$ is the full path and | | name of the scriptfile. NAME$ | | must be null terminated | | (Chr$(0)). Lrexx Execute will | | return true (-1) if it was | | successful, or 0 if not. =Lrexx Get Msg(WAIT) | LDos v2.5 | Get a message from another | | host or script. When WAIT is | | set to 1 it will wait until a | | message is received before | | handing control back to AMOS. | | Lrexx Get Msg will return the | | message in a string. If the | | returned message equals | | "LRexx0" it means that the | | started script has reached the | | end. This message can't be | | replied to as it actually is | | an answer from the Rexx | | server that the script ended. | | LRexx will de-allocate this | | replt automatically. If you | | know that you successfully | | started a script (see Lrexx | | Execute) you may safely call | | Lrexx Get Msg with WAIT set to | | 1 since LRexx0 will always be | | returned even if no other | | command are sent. However, if | | your script has failed and you | | call with WAIT set to 1, AMOS | | may be locked forever! Please | | use WAIT in a sensible way. If | | your program goes to "sleep" | | WAIT is ideal to use. =Lrexx Make Host(NAME$) | LDos v2.5 | Create an ARexx host (port). | | NAME$ is the name of the port | | to be created, and must be | | null terminated (chr$(0)). | | The command will return with | | the address of the port | | structure if successful | | otherwise it will return 0. Lrexx Remove Host | LDos v2.5 | Remove an ARexx host (port) | | previously set up with the | | Lrexx Make Host function. Lrexx Reply STRING$,RESULT1,RESULT2 | LDos v2.5 | Tell ARexx that you are ready | | to process the last message | | and want to prepare for the | | next one. STRING$ may be any | | result/string you wish to | | return to ARexx. RESULT1 and | | RESULT2 are the results to be | | returned (RESULT1 == rc). You | | can't use LRexx Get Msg until | | you have replied to the | | previous message using LRexx | | Reply. Do not try to reply to | | a message which contains the | | string "LRexx0" (see Lrexx Get | | Msg). =Lrexx Result1 | LDos v2.5 | Get the value from rm_Result1. | | Returns the returncode of the | | last message. =Lrexx Result2 | LDos v2.5 | Get the value from rm_Result2. | | Returns the returncode of the | | last message. =Lrexx Send Msg(HOST$,MSG$,RESULT) | LDos v2.5 | Send a command to another host | | (port) directly. If RESULT is | | set to 0 Lrexx Send Msg will | | return a null string, | | otherwise it will return the | | result from the host you | | addressed. HOST$ is the name | | of the host that you wish to | | pass the command to. MSG$ may | | contain any valid command that | | the application that you | | addressed will understand. | | Both HOST$ and MSG$ must be | | null terminated (Chr$(0)). | | Control isn't returned to AMOS | | until the message has been | | sent and replied to. =Lrun(COMMANDS$,WINDOW$) | LDos v2.5 | Run a program. As a new CLI is | | opened to execute the program | | you may wish to set the stack | | for the program. You MUST set | | the fail-level (with failat) | | to a high value, otherwise a | | program may fail with a | | returncode >0 and the shell/ | | CLI-window will never be | | closed. A line feed, Chr$(10), | | must follow after every | | command. | | To use Lrun you must have the | | following commands on the disk | | (system:)... | | c:Run | | c:NewCli | | c:EndCli | | c:FailAt | | ... and have assigned t: to | | somewhere, or have a directory | | called "t" on a write-enabled | | disk. COMMAND$ contains a list | | of commands that you wish to | | execute, but not EndCli as | | LDos will automatically add it | | when the command is run. All | | of the requested commands must | | exist on disk otherwise it | | will fail with a "command not | | found"-error, leaving the | | window open and AMOS waiting. | | WINDOW$ is a standard CON: | | with the normal syntax. The | | Lrun function returns the | | result from the operation, | | which can be any number. | | Example: | | LF$=Chr$(10) : Rem linefeed | | W$="CON:0/0/320/200/Window" | | C$="FailAt 100"+LF$ | | C$=C$+"amigaguide " | | C$=C$+"RAM:Last_Reboot"+LF$ | | Amos To Back | | R=Lrun(C$,W$) | | Amos To Front =Lsave(CHANNEL,SOURCE,LENGTH) | LDos v2.5 | Save a specified number of | | bytes to a file. CHANNEL is | | the channel used by the Lopen | | command for the file you wish | | to save the data to. LENGTH is | | the length of data you wish to | | be saved, whilst SOURCE is the | | starting address of the data. | | This function will return the | | number of bytes saved. If it | | is less than the requested | | amount, or -1, then an error | | occured. | | Example: | | X=Lsave(1,Start(10),10) =Lseek(CHANNEL,OFFSET) | LDos v2.5 | Allows you to change the | | starting position in the file. | | OFFSET is the new position in | | the file to move to and is | | relative to the start of the | | file. If OFFSET is negative | | it will return the current | | offset. This function will | | return the value of the new | | OFFSET if successful. | | Examples: | | X=Lseek(1,0): Rem start file | | X=Lseek(1,5): Rem move to 5 | | X=Lseek(1,-1): Report offset Lset Comment FILE$,COMMENT$ | LDos v2.5 | Sets the comment for the file, | | or directory, in FILE$. | | COMMENT$ is the comment to be | | added and must be less than | | 80 characters in length. | | Caution! In the event that | | FILE$ does not exist, or the | | path is wrong, the | | "UNREGISTERED SHAREWARE | | version of LDos! Author really | | should register!" guru message | | appears (press either left or | | right mouse button to return | | to AMOS). Lset Eoln CHARACTER | LDos v2.5 | Set the end-of-line terminator | | with the specified character. =Lset File Date(FILE$,STAMP,MIN,TICK)| LDos v2.5 | Changes the datestamp of a | | file or directory. FILE$ is | | the file or directory to be | | changed. STAMP is a normal | | datestamp (created by the | | Lstamp function). MIN is the | | number of minutes that have | | passed since midnight. TICK | | is the number of ticks that | | have passed during the last | | minute (1 tick=1/50 sec, or | | 0.02 secs). | | If successful this function | | will return -1. However, some | | filesystems (e.g. OFS and FFS) | | don't allow you to change the | | date of the root-directory, as | | it is used to sepearte disks | | with the same name. Lset Freq Dir PATH$ | LDos v2.5 | Sets the default directory for | | the LDos file requester. If | | you haven't set a path it will | | use your programs current | | directory. Any directory | | changes will be remembered by | | LDos and does not affect the | | AMOS Dir$ path. Lset Prot FILE$,MASK | LDos v2.5 | Sets the protection flags for | | a file or directory located in | | FILE$. | | Bit 7 = Hidden (Active High) | | Bit 6 = Script (Active High) | | Bit 5 = Pure (Active High) | | Bit 4 = Archive (Active High) | | Bit 3 = Readable (Active Low) | | Bit 2 = Writable (Active Low) | | Bit 1 =Executable(Active Low) | | Bit 0 = Deletable(Active Low) | | Example: | | Lset Prot "MyFile",%00000001 | | Rem MyFile is not deleteable! =Lset Var(NAME$,VALUE$) | LDos v2.5 | Assigns a value to a global | | environment variable. NAME$ | | contains the name of the | | variable and VALUE$ is an | | ASCII-string containing either | | digits or text. Neither NAME$ | | or VALUE$ can exceed 50 | | characters otherwise AMOS will | | crash. The name of the | | variable are not case- | | sensitive. | | A value of -1 is returned if | | successful. =Lsize(FILE$) | LDos v2.5 | Returns the size of a file, in | | bytes. If FILE$ points to a | | directory it will return 0. =Lskip(CHARACTER,START To END) | LDos v2.5 | Scans an area of memory from | | START to END until it finds | | a character which is not | | CHARACTER. This function will | | return the address after the | | last CHARACTER, or END if | | no non-CHARACTERs were found. =Lsl(VALUE,SHIFT_COUNT) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Rotates the number VALUE to | | the left by SHIFT_COUNT bits. | | If SHIFT_COUNT is negative a | | result of 0 is returned. This | | is very quick and should be | | used instead of multiplication | | wherever possible. | | Examples: | | Lsl(10,2) -> 40 | | Lsl(10,3) -> 80 =Lsl.b(VALUE,SHIFT_COUNT) | Turbo v1.9 | Bytewise logical shift left. | | VALUE is the number to be | | shifted, and SHIFT_COUNT is | | the number of shifts to be | | performed on VALUE. | | The binary value added to the | | right is always a 0. The bit | | extracted from the left is | | deposited in the C flag and X | | flag. | | If the V flag was set by a | | previous command, it will be | | cleared. | | Examples: | | SHIFTS=1 00010111->00101110 | | SHIFTS=2 00010111->01011100 =Lsl.w(VALUE,SHIFT_COUNT) | Turbo v1.9 | Wordwise logical shift left. | | Same as previous command, but | | for words (16-bit values). | | Example: | | SHIFT_COUNT=1 | | 0001100000000011 | | -> 0011000000000110 =Lsl.l(VALUE,SHIFT_COUNT) | Turbo v1.9 | Longword logical shift left. | | Same as previous command, but | | for longwords (32-bit values). =Lsr(VALUE,SHIFT_COUNT) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Rotates the number VALUE to | | the right by SHIFT_COUNT bits. | | If SHIFT_COUNT is negative a | | result of 0 is returned. This | | is very quick and should be | | used instead of division | | wherever possible. | | Examples: | | Lsr(10,2) -> 2 | | Lsr(10,3) -> 1 =Lsr.b(VALUE,SHIFT_COUNT) | Turbo v1.9 | Bytewise logical shift right. | | VALUE is the number to be | | shifted, and SHIFT_COUNT is | | the number of shifts to be | | performed on VALUE. | | The binary value added to the | | left is always a 0. The bit | | extracted from the right is | | deposited in the C flag and X | | flag. | | If the V flag was set by a | | previous command, it will be | | cleared. =Lsr.w(VALUE,SHIFT_COUNT) | Turbo v1.9 | Wordwise logical shift right. | | Same as previous command, but | | for words (16-bit values). | | Example: | | SHIFT_COUNT=1 | | 0001100000000011 | | -> 0000110000000001 =Lsr.l(VALUE,SHIFT_COUNT) | Turbo v1.9 | Longword logical shift right. | | Same as previous command, but | | for longwords (32-bit values). =Lsstr$(VALUE,NUMBER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Similar to the AMOS function | | Str$, Lsstr$ creates a string | | out of a number. However, with | | Lsstr$ the number will be | | right justified with NUMBER | | digits. Leading zeros are | | replaced by spaces and the | | sign of the number will not be | | printed. NUMBER can be from | | 1 to 10. | | Example: | | Lsstr$(10,5) -> " 10" =Lstamp(YEAR,MONTH,DAY) | LDos v2.5 | Converts the given date into | | a datestamp (number of days | | since 1 Jan 1978). If the date | | is before 1 Jan 1978 then the | | datestamp will be erroneous. | | Examples: | | X=Lstamp(1976,02,28) -> 58 | | X=Lstamp(1977,07,11) -> 191 | | X=Lstamp(1978,01,01) -> 3 | | X=Lstamp(2010,01,01) -> 11688 | | X=Lstamp(2099,12,30) -> 44558 =Lstr(START To END) | LDos v2.5 | This function begins at START | | and looks for an end-of-line | | terminator (see Lset Eoln). | | Once found, it will return the | | contents as a string, but not | | the end-of-line terminator. | | If no end-of-line terminator | | is found, then it will return | | every character from START to | | END. | | NB: The string variables used | | with other LDos string | | functions will always | | contain exactly the same | | contents, except when they | | are empty (null). =Lstr(START,LENGTH) | LDos v2.5 | This function returns a string | | containing every character | | from START to START+LENGTH. | | There is no checking for end- | | of-line characters. | | NB: The string variables used | | with other Lstr string | | functions will always | | contain exactly the same | | contents, except when they | | are empty (null). =Lsys Stamp | LDos v2.5 | Returns the current system | | datestamp. Use the Ldate | | function to work out the | | system date from the returned | | datestamp. =Lsys Time | LDos v2.5 | Returns the current system | | time as a string, in the | | format "HHMMSS". No extra ":", | | "." or "-" are included so | | that you can easily process | | the string to the format you | | like. | | Examples: | | 04:23.45am -> "042305" | | 11:00.04pm -> "230004" Lupbuffer START To END | LDos v2.5 | Scans the memory from START to | | END and converts characters | | a-z to A-Z. =Lwild(STRING$) | LDos v2.5 | Tests STRING$ to see if it | | contains any wildcards (see | | Lmatch). If it doesn't it will | | return 0, otherwise it may | | contain anything (usually 1). | | This is useful for preventing | | an error from occuring when | | using the Lmatch function. =Lword(WORD,STRING$) | LDos v2.5 | Extracts a specific word from | | STRING$. The first word is | | number 1, not 0. If a NULL- | | word is specified ('""') an | | empty string is not returned, | | but a string containing 2 | | doublequotes is. If a word is | | in doublequotes, they will be | | returned along with the word. | | If you don't want TABs, spaces | | or comma's treated as a word | | seperators, simply put the | | text in quotes and it will be | | treated as 1 word. If WORD is | | 0 an empty (null) string will | | be returned. =Lwords(STRING$) | LDos v2.5 | This function counts the | | number of words in STRING$ and | | returns the result. Words are | | separated by TAB (chr$(9)), | | a comma (','), space or a | | doublequote ('"'). If double- | | quotes aren't matched, all the | | text from the first doublequo- | | te will be treated as a word, | | as will 2 doublequotes with no | | text between them (this is a | | 'NULL'-word, useful for | | omitting a parameter). If more | | than one separator follows | | each other they will be | | ignored. | | Examples: | | X=Lwords('Hi "just me") -> 2 | | X=Lwords('"Hi just me') -> 1 | | X=Lwords(",,,,,,,,,,,") -> 0 =Lzstr$(VALUE,NUMBER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Similar to Lsstr$ with the | | exception that leading zeros | | are not replaced by spaces. | | NUMBER sets the number of | | digits the string should | | contain, and can range from | | 1 to 10. Magenta | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Magenta). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Magenta) Make Bank Font BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This command allows you to | | store any Amiga font in a | | memory bank. The current font | | (used with the AMOS Text | | command) will be taken and | | stored in the bank BANK. This | | bank will be known as a | | "FontBank", and will appear as | | such when you use the Listbank | | command. Font banks do not | | require the "diskfont.library" | | or access to the original font | | file. | | To change the current font use | | either the Change Font or | | Change Bank Font commands. Make Pix Mask SCR,X1,Y1 To X2,Y2,B |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Grabs part of the screen and | | saves it into bank B. SCR is | | the screen to grab, whilst | | X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 define the | | area to be grabbed. This bank | | will be known as "Pix Mask", | | and will appear as such when | | you use the Listbank command. | | This command can be used to | | create a mask for the Pix | | Shift commands. If you use | | such a mask, the size must be | | exactly the same as the limits | | specified with the Pix Shift | | commands. Mask Copy SCR1,X1,Y1,X2,Y2 To |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Copies part of a screen to SCR2,X3,Y3,MASKADDR| | another, just like the Screen | | Copy command. However, a mask | | bitplane can be given. SCR1 | | and SCR2 are the source and | | destination screens. X1,Y1 and | | X2,Y2 define the area of the | | screen to copy. X3,Y3 is the | | top-left area of where the | | copy starts. =Math Info | Turbo v1.9 | Returns what maths | | co-processor your Amiga has | | installed, if any. Med Cont | EME V3.0 DEMO | Starts playing the current | (AMOS Pro Lib) | med music module from where | (AMOS-TC Lib) | it was stopped. See the Med | | Stop command. Med Load FILE$,BANK | EME V3.0 DEMO | Loads a Med (or Octamed) | (AMOS Pro Lib) | module into the specified | (AMOS-TC Lib) | memory bank (BANK). Med | | modules are not saved along | | with the program, so must be | | loaded from disk. Med Midi On | EME V3.0 DEMO | If this command is used before | (AMOS Pro Lib) | starting a med module, any | (AMOS-TC Lib) | MIDI information will be sent | | to your MIDI instrument. Med Play BANK | EME V3.0 DEMO | Plays the currently loaded | (AMOS Pro Lib) | Med music module. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | NB: CAN ONLY BE USED 3 TIMES | | IN THE DEMO VERSION! Med Play BANK,MODNUMBER | EME V3.0 DEMO | As previous, but the optional | (AMOS Pro Lib) | MODNUMBER parameter specifies | (AMOS-TC Lib) | which module number to be | | played, if you loaded a | | multi module file. The first | | module is 0, the second is 1 | | and so on. | | NB: CRIPPLED IN DEMO VERSION! Med Stop | EME V3.0 DEMO | Stops the current med module | (AMOS Pro Lib) | from playing. See the Med Cont | (AMOS-TC Lib) | command. Med Tempo TEMPO | EME V3.0 DEMO | This command should set the | (AMOS Pro Lib) | tempo of the currently playing | (AMOS-TC Lib) | med module. For some reason it | | fails to work - there may be a | | bug in the library. Mem Copy START,FINISH To DESTINATION| CRAFT v1.00 | Copies memory from START to | | FINISH to the DESTINATION. | | Memory addresses don't have | | to be even! Mem Scramble BANK,PASSWORD$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Scrambles the data in bank | | BANK and locks it with the | | password PASSWORD$. Mem Scramble ST To FIN,PASSWORD$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Scramble the data in memory | | from start (ST) to finish | | (FIN) and lock it with the | | password PASSWORD$. =Mem Str Count(START To END,STRING$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the number of times | | STRING$ occurs within the | | memory area from START to | | FINISH. =Mem Type(X) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns what kind of memory | | is located at X. X can be an | | address or a bank number. | | (eg. 0=Public RAM, 1=Chip RAM | | and 2=Fast RAM). Mem Unscramble BANK,PASSWORD$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Unscramble the data in bank | | BANK and unlock it using the | | password PASSWORD$. Mem Unscramble ST To FIN,PASSWORD$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Unscramble the data in memory | | from start (ST) to finish | | (FIN) and unlock it using the | | password PASSWORD$. =Mix Colour(RGB1,RGB2) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Mixes colours RGB1 and RGB2, | | then returns the result. =Mix Colour(RGB,ADDRGB,LRGB To URGB) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Similar to above, but ADDRGB | | is added to RGB if it is | | positive, or subtracted if it | | is negative. LRGB and URGB | | define the lower and upper | | limits for the resulting | | colours. =Mouth Height | EME V3.0 DEMO | Returns the height (in pixels) | (AMOS Pro Lib) | of the mouth. A negative value | | is returned if the speech has | | finished. =Mouth Read | EME V3.0 DEMO | Waits for mouth movement and | (AMOS Pro Lib) | then puts the new mouth | | values directly into the Mouth | | Width and Mouth Height | | functions. =Mouth Width | EME V3.0 DEMO | Returns the width (in pixels) | (AMOS Pro Lib) | of the mouth. A negative value | | is returned if the speech has | | finished. Mui Add CHILD To PARENT | Easy Life V1.10 | Used to add a child to an | | existing object. The child | | should be created like any | | other Mui Object. CHILD and | | PARENT must be valid mui | | object addresses. =Mui App | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the address of the | | application object. It returns | | 0 (false) if none have been | | created. =Mui Application TAGLIST$ | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but also attaches | | the TAGLIST$ data to the | | application. See the other mui | | commands. Mui Begin SETTING | Easy Life V1.10 | Marks the beginning of the | | definition of the new MUI | | object. The SETTING parameter | | specifies the initial setting | | of Tag Keep for the new | | object. The current setting | | from the previous object is | | stored on a stack, and is | | restored when the new object | | is created, with Mui New, so | | you may carry on supplying | | tags to the old object. | | SETTING=-1 for True (new) | | SETTING= 0 for False (old) Mui Dispose OBJECT | Easy Life V1.10 | Removes a MUI object from | | memory and deallocates any | | strings EasyLIfe has attached | | to it. All of its children are | | recursively deallocated, along | | with their strings. Mui Do OBJECT,TAGLIST$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Used to execute MUI methods | | (MUIM_... tags). The string | | TAGLIST$ must begin with a | | "MUIM_..." tag describing the | | method to be performed. The | | number and format of the | | remaining taglist entries | | depend on the methods. Some | | have a fixed number, whilst | | others are variable. | | In general, these taglists do | | not obey the rule of tags | | occuring in pairs, and order | | is usually important. | | See the =Mui Fn command. Mui Flush OBJECT | Easy Life V1.10 | Erases from memory all strings | | attached to an OBJECT, without | | disposing of it. It is useful | | to list objects after the list | | has been cleared with | | MUIM_List_Clear to regain the | | memory taken up by the old | | list. =Mui Fn(OBJECT,TAGLIST$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Does the same as the Mui Do | | command, except this will | | return a value. If the MUI | | method used does not return | | a value, then the command will | | still work, but the returned | | result will be garbage! =Mui Get(OBJECT,TAG$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Takes an OBJECT and a MUIA | | tag (as a string) as | | parameters, and returns the | | value of the attribute as an | | integer. =Mui Get(OBJECT To TAG) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but MUIA tag is | | numeric. =Mui Get$(OBJECT,TAG$) | Easy Life V1.10 | As =Mui Get(OBJECT,TAG$), but | | if the attribute is a pointer | | to a string then this will | | return a copy of that string. =Mui Get$(OBJECT To TAG) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but MUIA tag is | | numeric. =Mui Hook(ADDRESS,DATA) | Easy Life V1.10 | Creates a hook for a taglist. | | ADDRESS is the address of the | | start of the assembler code, | | and DATA is a longword that | | will be in register A4 when | | the hook code is called by | | MUI. Its most useful purpose | | is as a pointer to a larger | | data area. =Mui Input | Easy Life V1.10 | After receiving a | | MUIA_Application_ReturnID | | notification from an object | | that is in the popup of a | | PopString object, and that has | | changed the string. You must | | call Mui Input before you read | | that string with Mui Get$, | | otherwise you will read the | | string in the gadget before | | the popup that is sending the | | notification has changed it. =Mui Make Button(LABEL$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Creates a normal button | | object. LABEL$ is the text to | | appear in the button. You | | don't need to call Mui Begin | | before this function, and | | stored strings are not | | assigned to this object unlike | | if it were created with the | | Mui New command. | | Returns 0 (false) if the | | object couldn't be created. =Mui Make Popbutton(IMAGE) | Easy Life V1.10 | Creates a pop button object. | | A pop button is the little | | graphic button you sometimes | | see on the right of a string | | gadget, which pops up a | | requester of some kind when | | pressed. IMAGE is the standard | | MUI image number to use for | | the button (use a MUII_... | | tag). You do not need to call | | Mui Begin before this | | function, and stored strings | | are not assigned to this | | object unlike if it was | | created with the Mui New | | command. | | Returns 0 (false) if the | | object couldn't be created. =Mui New(CLASS$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Creates a new MUI object and | | binds any strings that have | | been stored, since the last | | call to Mui Begin, to the new | | object. This means that those | | strings are automatically | | disposed of when the object is | | disposed of. CLASS$ is the | | name of the MUI class of the | | object you wish to create an | | instance of. | | The address of the newly | | created object is returned, or | | 0 (false) if the object could | | not be created - normally due | | to an error in the taglist. =Mui New(CLASS$,TAGLIST$) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but the optional | | TAGLIST$ parameter is a list | | of create-time attribute | | tagitems, terminated with | | "TAG_DONE". Mui Notify OBJECT,TAG$,VALUE To | Easy Life V1.10 | A special version of the Mui DEST_OBJECT,TAGLIST$| | Do command, where the taglist | | is an MUIM_Notify taglist. | | OBJECT is the object you wish | | to send the notify method to. | | TAG$ (string) is the tag to | | watch. VALUE is the value you | | wish to watch for TAG$ | | changing to. DEST_OBJECT is | | the object you wish to send a | | method to whenever the | | notification is to occur. | | TAGLIST$ is the method to send | | to DEST_OBJECT when | | notification occurs. Mui Notify OBJECT To TAG,VALUE To | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but TAG is DEST_OBJECT,TAGLIST$| | numeric. Mui Remove CHILD To PARENT | Easy Life V1.10 | This is the opposite of the | | Mui Add command. It allows you | | to remove a child object from | | the application tree. | | Currently 2 types of child can | | be removed: | | - Windows can be removed from | | the application. | | - Objects can be removed from | | a group, if the group is | | not in an open window. =Mui Request(WIN_OBJ,TITLE$,GAD$, | Easy Life V1.10 | This pops up a requester, TEXT$)| | similar to the normal | | intuition EZRequest with some | | text and a row of buttons. The | | difference is it is an MUI | | window, with tab cycling, MUI | | text formatting and keyboard | | shortcuts. WIN_OBJ is a window | | object to centre the requester | | over. Use 0 (false) if you do | | do not want the requester | | centred over a window. TITLE$ | | is the string to go in the | | requester window title bar. | | GAD$ specifies the text for the | | row of buttons. Each button is | | separated with a '|' character. | | If the entry for a button | | begins with a '*', that is | | made the default entry | | (selected if return is | | pressed). A character in the | | button text can be made a | | keyboard shortcut for the | | button by preceeding it with a | | '_' character. TEXT$ is the | | text to fill the body of the | | requester. It can contain | | newlines and escape codes for | | normal MUI text formatting. It | | can also contain C-Style %ld, | | %s, etc. to insert strings and | | numbers into the text. If no | | application object exists, | | intuitions EZRequest will be | | called instead. This means | | that '*' and '_' will have no | | special meaning and will be | | displayed in the button text. | | The result is the number of | | the button pressed. Buttons | | are numbered left to right, | | beginning with 1, except for | | the rightmost button is button | | 0 (thanks to Commodore). =Mui Request(WIN_OBJ,TITLE$,GAD$, | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but the optional TEXT$,PAR$)| | PAR$ parameter contains the | | longword parameters for such | | codes in the order that they | | occur. Mui Set OBJECT,TAG$,VALUE | Easy Life V1.10 | Changes an attribute of an | | object. The TAG$ should | | normally be an MUIA tag. You | | may use the tag function for | | MUIV values. Mui Set OBJECT To TAG,VALUE | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but TAG is | | numeric. Mui Set Str OBJECT,TAG$,STRING$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Changes an attribute of an | | object to a string. STRING$ is | | permanently stored with the | | object, if the current Tag | | Keep setting is true (see | | the Tag Keep command), | | otherwise it is disposed of | | after the attribute has been | | set. | | The string is stored in the | | same way as Tag Str$, but if | | the old setting of the tag | | that is being changed is | | recognised as a stored string, | | it is deallocated first. | | TAG$ is a string. Mui Set Str OBJECT To TAG,STRING$ | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but TAG is | | numeric. Multi Blit START To END | Turbo v1.9 | Scrolls screen using settings | | from Blit Store Left. Multi Off | CRAFT v1.00 | Disables multitasking. Multi On | CRAFT v1.00 | Enables multitasking. Multi No | Turbo v1.9 | Disables multitasking. Multi Yes | Turbo v1.9 | Enables multitasking. Music NUMBER | EME V3.0 DEMO | Starts playing the specified | (AMOS Pro Lib) | music number (NUMBER). Up to 3 | (AMOS-TC Lib) | different melodies can be | | started at the same time, but | | each new Music command will | | halt the current melody and | | hold its status in a stack. | | When the new song has ended, | | the original music will carry | | on from where it left off. Music Off | EME V3.0 DEMO | Turns off any AMOS Pro music | (AMOS Pro Lib) | that was playing. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | Music Stop | EME V3.0 DEMO | Stops playing the currently | (AMOS Pro Lib) | playing music. If there is any | (AMOS-TC Lib) | other active music held in the | | stack waiting to be played, | | that music will start to play. Mvolume VOLUME | EME V3.0 DEMO | Sets the volume for any music | (AMOS Pro Lib) | to be played, or that is | (AMOS-TC Lib) | currently playing. | | VOLUME is a number from 0 | | (silent) to 63 (very loud). =Nfn |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns nothing useful. Like | | Nop, this is used in speed | | testing routines. =No Paper | Range/Shuffle? | Returns 0 (false) if there is | | paper in the printer, | | otherwise returns -1 (true). Noise To CHANNELS | EME V3.0 DEMO | This command has the same | (AMOS Pro Lib) | effect as assigning the white | (AMOS-TC Lib) | noise wave form number 0 to | | the selected channels. It is | | used to form the foundations | | for a whole range of special | | effects, such as explosions | | and percussion drumming. | | CHANNELS is a bit pattern | | which selects which channels | | the white noise is assigned | | to. | | Examples: | | %1111 All 4 channels | | %0001 Only channel 0 | | %1000 Only channel 3 Nop |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This command has no effect. | | It's only used for speed | | testing routines. =Object Blocks |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the number of blocks | | the current file uses on a | | specific volume. =Object Blocks(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the number of blocks | | that FILE$ uses on a specific | | volume. =Object Comment$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the comment of the | | current file. =Object Comment$(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the comment of the | | file FILE$. =Object Date |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the datestamp of the | | current file. =Object Date(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the datestamp of the | | file FILE$. Use AMCAF's date | | functions (e.g. =Cd Date$) to | | get the actual date. Object Draw OBJECT | Turbo v1.9 | Draws object OBJECT as | | defined in the vector table. Object Erase OBJECT | Turbo v1.9 | Erase object definition OBJECT | | and free the allocated memory. | | If OBJECT is negative, or you | | use the Default command, all | | object definitions are erased Object Limit X | Turbo v1.9 | Set maximum number of objects. | | This must be set before using | | the other object commands Object Load Chip "FILENAME",START | Turbo v1.9 | Loads file "FILENAME" and | | checks if it is an object | | file. It will define and load | | all object definitions into | | object number START onwards. Object Mag Draw OBJECT,MUL | Turbo v1.9 | Draws object OBJECT as defined | | in the vector table, but the | | OBJECT coords are multiplied | | by MUL first. If MUL is | | negative coords are divided | | by MUL before drawing =Object Name$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the name of the | | current file. =Object Name$(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the name of the file | | FILE$. This is similar to the | | Filename$ function, but checks | | for the existance of the file | | and additional information is | | stored for use by the other | | Object functions. The name is | | case sensitive too. =Object Protection |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the protection flags | | of the current file. | | For the lower 4 bits, 0 means | | on and 1 off. However, for the | | upper 4 bits 0 is off and 1 is | | on. For example the default | | flags '----rwed' have a value | | of 0. =Object Protection(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the protection flags | | of the file FILE$. =Object Protection$(FLAGS) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Converts the value returned | | by the Object Protection | | function into a string. The | | string is in the format | | "hsparwed", therefore for most | | files it will return | | "----rwed". | | h=hidden s=script file | | p=pure file a=archive | | r=readable w=writeable | | e=executable d=deletable Object Save "FILENAME",START To END | Turbo v1.9 | Saves all defined objects from | | object START to STOP into | | object file "FILENAME". | | Undefined objects will be | | skipped until END is reached =Object Size |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the size of the | | current file. =Object Size(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the size of the file | | FILE$ and stores information | | for use with the other Object | | functions. =Object Time |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the timestamp of the | | current file. =Object Time(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the timestamp of the | | file FILE$. Use the AMCAF Ct | | functions (e.g. =Ct Time$) to | | convert the timestamp into a | | time. =Object Type |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns a number less than 0 | | if the current file is a file, | | or greater than 0 if it's a | | directory. =Object Type(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns a number less than 0 | | if the file FILE$ is a file, | | or less than 0 if it's a | | directory. =Odd(VALUE) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns -1 (true) if the | | number is odd, or 0 (false) if | | the number is even. Open Workbench |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Tries to open Workbench, if it | | has been closed by the AMOS | | Close Workbench command. Open Workbench | CRAFT v1.00 | Opens workbench after it has | | been closed by the Close | | Workbench command. Orange | Colours v1.0 | See C Orange command =Pad Fire(PADDLE) | Ercole 1.6 & | Checks the fire buttons on the | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | paddles and returns the result | | (-1=true and 0=false). | | PADDLE is the paddle number | | (0-3). =Paddle(PADDLE) | Ercole 1.6 & | Reads the paddle position | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | (potentioneter) and returns | | the result (1-255). | | PADDLE is the paddle number | | (0-3). =Pal Blue(INDEX) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the blue component | | of the colour INDEX. =Pal Count(BANK) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the number of palettes | | in bank BANK. Returns 0 if | | none are found. Pal Copy COLOUR1 To COLOUR2 | CRAFT v1.00 | Copies COLOUR1 to COLOUR2. Pal From Bank BANK,PALETTE,MASK | CRAFT v1.00 | Gets palette PALETTE out of | | bank BANK. MASK is optional | | and defines the colours that | | are to be transfered. =Pal Get(PALETTE_NR,INDEX) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the value of the | | colour with the number INDEX | | from the internal stored | | palette PALETTE_NR. If no | | palettes have been setup using | | the Pal Set command then it | | will return 0. Pal Get Screen PALETTE_NUMBER,SCREEN|AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Stores the current palette of | | screen SCREEN in palette | | number PALETTE_NUMBER. | | PALETTE_NUMBER must be a value | | between 0 and 7, as they are | | stored internally in the AMCAF | | extension. To restore the old | | palette use the Pal Set Screen | | command. =Pal Green(INDEX) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the green component | | of the colour INDEX. =Pal Red(INDEX) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the red component of | | the colour INDEX. Pal Set PALETTE_NUMBER,INDEX,COLOUR |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Changes the colour index INDEX | | in palette PALETTE_NUMBER. | | PALETTE_NUMBER must be between | | 0 and 7. COLOUR is the new | | colour value. Pal Set Screen PALETTE_NUMBER,SCREEN|AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Retrieves the colour palette | | PALETTE_NUMBER, previously | | stored using the Pal Get | | Screen command. SCREEN is the | | screen number that the palette | | is to be used on. Pal Spread C1 To C2 | CRAFT v1.00 | Spreads the palette C1 to C2. Pal Spread C1,RGB1 To C2,RGB2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Creates a smooth blend between | | the two colours RGB1 and RGB2. | | The resulting colour set is | | stored in the colour indexes | | C1 to C2. Pal Swap C1,C2 | CRAFT v1.00 | Swaps the values of the colour | | registers C1 and C2. Pal Swap Bank BANK,N,MASK | CRAFT v1.00 | Swaps the current palette with | | the palette in bank BANK at | | position number N. MASK is | | optional and defines which | | colours are affected. Pal To Bank BANK,N,MASK | CRAFT v1.00 | Stores the current palette in | | position N of bank BANK. MASK | | is optional and defines which | | colours are stored. =Path$(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the path from a mixed | | path-filename string. | | Example: | | Path$("RAM:env/Workbench") | | -> "RAM:env" Patt Loop No | EME V3.0 DEMO | Allows the next tracker module | (AMOS Pro Lib) | pattern to be played once and | (AMOS-TC Lib) | then the music will stop. Patt Loop Of | EME V3.0 DEMO | Stops the current tracker | (AMOS Pro Lib) | module playing pattern from | (AMOS-TC Lib) | being repeated, as set up with | | the Patt Loop On command. Patt Loop On | EME V3.0 DEMO | Forces the current tracker | (AMOS Pro Lib) | module playing pattern to | (AMOS-TC Lib) | repeat. If used before Track | | Play, the specified pattern | | will be repeated. =Pattern Match(STRING$,PATTERN$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Checks to see if STRING$ | | matches PATTERN$ and returns | | the result. If they match 1 | | is returned, otherwise 0 | | (false). Regular DOS jokers | | such as an asterisk (* will be | | converted to #? automatically) | | can be used. | | Only works on OS2.0 and above. =Pfire(JOYSTICK) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Checks to see if the fire | | button for the joystick in the | | parallel port is pressed. If | | it is then -1 (true) is | | returned, otherwise 0 (false). | | JOYSTICK is either 0 or 1, | | depending on which parallel | | joystick you wish to test. Pix Brighten SCR,C,C2,X1,Y1 To X2,Y2|AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Increases the pixel colours | | in the rectangular area from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2. SCR is the | | screen number the area is on. | | C and C2 hold the upper and | | lower colours which should be | | taken into account for the | | colour cycling. Other colours | | remain unaffected. | | Unlike Pix Shift Up, the | | colour indexes won't override | | C2. Pix Brighten SCR,C,C2,X1,Y1 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Increases the pixel colours To X2,Y2,BANK| | in the rectangular area from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2. SCR is the | | screen number the area is on. | | C and C2 hold the upper and | | lower colours which should be | | taken into account for the | | colour cycling. Other colours | | remain unaffected. BANK is the | | bank number that contains a | | previously calculated mask, | | which can be created using the | | Make Pix Mask command. | | Unlike Pix Shift Up, the | | colour indexes won't override | | C2. Pix Darken SCR,C,C2,X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Decreases the pixel colours | | in the rectangular area from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2. SCR is the | | screen number the area is on. | | C and C2 hold the upper and | | lower colours which should be | | taken into account for the | | colour cycling. Other colours | | remain unaffected. | | Unlike Pix Shift Down, the | | colour indexes won't override | | C. Pix Darken SCR,C,C2,X1,Y1 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Decreases the pixel colours To X2,Y2,BANK| | in the rectangular area from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2. SCR is the | | screen number the area is on. | | C and C2 hold the upper and | | lower colours which should be | | taken into account for the | | colour cycling. Other colours | | remain unaffected. BANK is the | | bank number that contains a | | previously calculated mask, | | which can be created using the | | Make Pix Mask command. | | Unlike Pix Shift Down, the | | colour indexes won't override | | C. Pix Shift Down SCR,C1,C2,X1,Y1 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Decreases the pixel colours in To X2,Y2| | the rectangular area from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 on screen SCR. | | C1 and C2 hold the upper and | | lower colours that should be | | taken into account for the | | colour cycling. All of the | | other colours are unaffected. | | If the pixel colour goes below | | C1 they are set to C2. Pix Shift Down SCR,C1,C2,X1,Y1 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Decreases the pixel colours in To X2,Y2,BANK| | the rectangular area from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 on screen SCR. | | C1 and C2 hold the upper and | | lower colours that should be | | taken into account for the | | colour cycling. All of the | | other colours are unaffected. | | If the pixel colour goes below | | C1 they are set to C2. BANK is | | the bank number where there is | | a previously calculated mask, | | which can be created with the | | Pix Mask command. Pix Shift Up SCR,C1,C2,X1,Y1 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Increases the pixel colours in To X2,Y2| | the rectangular area from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 on screen SCR. | | C1 and C2 hold the upper and | | lower colours that should be | | taken into account for the | | colour cycling. All of the | | other colours are unaffected. | | If the pixel colour goes above | | C2 they are set to C1. Pix Shift Up SCR,C1,C2,X1,Y1 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Increases the pixel colours in To X2,Y2,BANK| | the rectangular area from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 on screen SCR. | | C1 and C2 hold the upper and | | lower colours that should be | | taken into account for the | | colour cycling. All of the | | other colours are unaffected. | | If the pixel colour goes above | | C2 they are set to C1. BANK is | | the bank number where there is | | a previously calculated mask, | | which can be created with the | | Pix Mask command. =Pjdown(JOYSTICK) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Checks to see if the joystick | | in the parallel port is being | | pulled back (down). If it is | | then -1 (true) is returned, | | otherwise 0 (false). | | JOYSTICK is either 0 or 1, | | depending on which parallel | | joystick you wish to test. =Pjleft(JOYSTICK) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Checks to see if the joystick | | in the parallel port is being | | pulled left. If it is then -1 | | (true) is returned, otherwise | | 0 (false). | | JOYSTICK is either 0 or 1, | | depending on which parallel | | joystick you wish to test. =Pjoy(JOYSTICK) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Checks the parallel joystick | | for it's current status and | | returns a bitmap of the | | result. | | JOYSTICK is either 0 or 1, | | depending on which parallel | | joystick you wish to test. | | Bit 0 Joystick up | | Bit 1 Joystick down | | Bit 2 Joystick left | | Bit 3 Joystick right | | Bit 4 Fire button pressed =Pjright(JOYSTICK) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Checks to see if the joystick | | in the parallel port is being | | pulled right. If it is then -1 | | (true) is returned, otherwise | | 0 (false). | | JOYSTICK is either 0 or 1, | | depending on which parallel | | joystick you wish to test. =Pjup(JOYSTICK) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Checks to see if the joystick | | in the parallel port is being | | pushed up. If it is then -1 | | (true) is returned, otherwise | | 0 (false). | | JOYSTICK is either 0 or 1, | | depending on which parallel | | joystick you wish to test. Plane Offset SCRN,PLANE,XOFF,YOFF | Turbo v1.9 | Sets the offset for a | | particular bitplane used by | | screen SCRN. If PLANE is -1 | | all bitplanes are set Plane Shift Down SCRN,START To END | Turbo v1.9 | Shifts the planes used by | | screen SCRN down by 1 from | | START to END Plane Shift Up SCRN,START To END | Turbo v1.9 | Shifts the planes used by | | screen SCRN up by 1 from | | START to END Plane Swap SCRN,PLANE1,PLANE2 | Turbo v1.9 | Swaps PLANE1 with PLANE2 on | | screen SCRN Plane Update SCRN | Turbo v1.9 | Updates screen SCRN with the | | changes made with the other | | Plane commands Planes Icon(NR) | Turbo v1.9 | Returns the number of planes | | required to display icon NR Play PITCH,DELAY | EME V3.0 DEMO | Plays notes similar to the | (AMOS Pro Lib) | Bell command, but the sound | (AMOS-TC Lib) | produced is affected by the | | Wave and Noise commands. | | PITCH is between 1 and 96. | | DELAY is the time before the | | note should be played. Play CHANNEL,PITCH,DELAY | EME V3.0 DEMO | As previous, but the optional | (AMOS Pro Lib) | CHANNEL parameter selects the | (AMOS-TC Lib) | sound channels to be used. | | Examples: | | %1111 All 4 sound channels | | %1000 Only sound channel 4 | | %0001 Only sound channel 1 Play Off | EME V3.0 DEMO | Stops any sounds started by | (AMOS Pro Lib) | the Play commmand. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | Ppfromdisk FILE$,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Loads the file FILE$ into | | memory and unpacks it into the | | bank BANK, if it has been | | packed using PowerPacker. If | | BANK is negative then it will | | be unpacked into chip RAM. | | If the file is packed by | | File Imploder then the | | Imploder Load routines will | | be automatically used instead. | | If the file is not packed, it | | will be loaded normally using | | the Wload routines. | | The powerpacker.library is | | required for this command to | | work. Pptodisk FILE$,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Packs and saves the bank BANK | | into file FILE$, using the | | PowerPacker algorithm. | | The powerpacker.library is | | required for this command to | | work. Pptodisk FILE$,BANK,EFFICIENCY |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Packs and saves the bank BANK | | into file FILE$, using the | | PowerPacker algorithm. | | EFFICIENCY determines how good | | the bank is to be packed and | | must be from 0 (very fast, but | | less efficient) to 4 (best, | | but slow). | | The powerpacker.library is | | required for this command to | | work. Ppunpack BANK1 To BANK2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Unpacks a powerpacked file | | from BANK1 to BANK2. If BANK2 | | is a negative value, it will | | be unpacked into chip RAM. | | Powerpacked files can be | | identified by the first | | longword, which should contain | | "PP20". Prop Off | Ercole 1.6 & | Stops paddle testing started | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | by the Prop On command. Prop On | Ercole 1.6 & | Starts paddle testing for any | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | paddles (or analogue | | joysticks) attached to ports | | 1 and 2. Protect Object FILE$,FLAGS |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Changes the protection flags | | of the file (or directory) | | FILE$. FLAGS contains a | | bitmap of the new flags. The | | bits from highest (7) to | | lowest (0) correspond with | | the HSPARWED format. | | H=hidden S=script file | | P=pure file A=archive | | R=readable W=writeable | | E=executable D=deletable | | Examples: | | FLAGS=%00000000 (----RWED) | | FLAGS=%11110000 (HSPARWED) | | FLAGS=%11111111 (HSPA----) Pt Bank BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This command is used if you | | want to play back instruments | | from a tracker music module, | | but the music bank has not yet | | been specified with Pt Play. Pt Cia Speed BPM |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This command allows you to set | | the speed for replaying the | | Protracker modules. However, | | the music may change the speed | | on it's own if it has been | | composed for CIA-timing. BPM | | is the number of beats per | | minute, unless you set it to | | 0, in which case the timing | | is switched from CIA-timing to | | Vertical Blank timing. Then | | the bpm rate is automatically | | set to exactly 125 and all | | CIA-timing from the module is | | ignored. | | CIA-timing can cause some | | problems with AMOS sprites, | | which flicker at regular | | intervals. If you work with | | Sprites you should switch back | | to VBL-timing where possible | | by using Pt Cia Speed 0. | | If a music module isn't | | playing correctly using | | VBL-timing (e.g. it is playing | | too fast or too slow), you | | must switch to CIA-timing. | | This is achieved with a Pt Cia | | Speed 125 command directly | | before using Pt Play command. | | The default CIA-timing is 125 | | bpm. =Pt Cinstr(CHANNEL) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the instrument being | | played on the channel CHANNEL. | | The returned value ranges from | | 0 to 31. If it is 0 then no | | sample is triggered at that | | very moment. =Pt Cnote(CHANNEL) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the freqeuncy of an | | instrument being played on | | music channel CHANNEL at that | | very moment. Pt Continue |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Restarts Protracker music from | | the point it was previously | | stopped at, by using Pt Stop. | | Do not use Pt Continue without | | having started the music once | | with Pt Play. =Pt Cpattern |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the current pattern/ | | song position. This can be | | used to restart a song at a | | given position, after you have | | stopped the music with the Pt | | Stop command. =Pt Cpos |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the current 'row' of | | the songs current pattern. The | | returned value is a number | | between 0 and 63. =Pt Data Base |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the starting address | | of the internal datatable of | | the Protracker replay routine. | | Only for advanced users. =Pt Free Voice |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Searches all 4 sound channels | | to see if any of them are not | | currently being used and | | returns the result. =Pt Free Voice(BITMASK) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Searches the channels | | specified in BITMASK to see if | | they are currently not being | | used and returns the result. =Pt Instr Address(INSTRUMENT_NUMBER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the starting address | | of the music instrument with | | the number INSTRUMENT_NUMBER | | of the current Protracker | | module. | | If no Protracker module is | | loaded, or INSTRUMENT_NUMBER | | isn't between 1 and 31, then | | you will get an error message. =Pt Instr Length(INSTRUMENT_NUMBER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the length of the | | instrument INSTRUMENT_NUMBER. | | If no Protracker module is | | loaded, or INSTRUMENT_NUMBER | | isn't between 1 and 31, then | | you will get an error message. Pt Instr Play INSTR |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Plays instrument INSTR of the | | current Protracker music | | module. INSTR must be from 1 | | to 31. | | If you want to play a sample | | over and over again, just use | | a negative value for INSTR. | | The volume of the instrument | | can be set with the Pt Sam | | Volume command. | | Before you can replay an | | instrument from a module, you | | first have to specify the bank | | that holds the music. You can | | do this by using the Pt Bank | | or Pt Play commands. Pt Instr Play VOICE,INSTR |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Plays instrument INSTR of the | | current Protracker music | | module. INSTR must be from 1 | | to 31. VOICE contains a | | bitmask that sets which sound | | channel/s the instrument | | should be played. | | If you want to play a sample | | over and over again, just use | | a negative value for INSTR. | | The volume of the instrument | | can be set with the Pt Sam | | Volume command. | | Before you can replay an | | instrument from a module, you | | first have to specify the bank | | that holds the music. You can | | do this by using the Pt Bank | | or Pt Play commands. Pt Instr Play VOICE,INSTR,FREQ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Plays instrument INSTR of the | | current Protracker music | | module. INSTR must be from 1 | | to 31. VOICE contains a | | bitmask that sets which sound | | channel/s the instrument | | should be played. FREQ holds | | the frequency that should be | | used for the sample. | | If you want to play a sample | | over and over again, just use | | a negative value for INSTR. | | The volume of the instrument | | can be set with the Pt Sam | | Volume command. | | Before you can replay an | | instrument from a module, you | | first have to specify the bank | | that holds the music. You can | | do this by using the Pt Bank | | or Pt Play commands. Pt Play BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Starts playing the Protracker | | module which is in bank BANK. | | Before you start the music you | | should choose either Vertical | | Blank timing or CIA timing for | | the module by using the Pt Cia | | Speed command. | | If you wish to use only the | | instruments, without playing | | the music, you can use the Pt | | Bank command instead. Pt Play BANK,POSITION |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Starts playing the Protracker | | module which is in bank BANK. | | Before you start the music you | | should choose either Vertical | | Blank timing or CIA timing for | | the module by using the Pt Cia | | Speed command. POSITION is the | | starting position of the song, | | should you wish to start | | halfway through. | | If you wish to use only the | | instruments, without playing | | the music, you can use the Pt | | Bank command instead. Pt Raw Play VOICE,ADDRESS,LENGTH,FRQ|AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Replays an area of memory as | | an audio sample. VOICE is the | | sound channel/s to use. LENGTH | | is the length of the sample in | | bytes. ADDRESS is the starting | | address of the 'sample'. FRQ | | is the playing speed in Hertz. Pt Sam Bank BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | If you wish to play standard | | AMOS samples with AMCAF, you | | have to inform AMCAF about the | | sample bank that contains the | | sound effects. Thats exactly | | what this command does. BANK | | is the bank number of the AMOS | | sample bank. | | Remember that you can play the | | instruments of music modules | | directly using the various Pt | | commands found in AMCAF. Pt Sam Freq VOICE,FREQ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Changes the frequency of the | | sample currently being played | | on channel VOICE to the new | | frequency FREQ. If no sample | | is currently playing on this | | sound channel, it will have no | | effect. Pt Sam Play SAMPLE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Plays a sample from an AMOS | | sample bank. The advantage of | | this over the Sam Play command | | is that the sounds can | | interact with the Protracker | | music and no notes are missed | | out - AMOS does this on | | accelerated Amigas. | | SAMPLE is the sample number to | | be played. If SAMPLE is | | negative the sample will play | | over and over again. Pt Sam Play VOICE,SAMPLE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Plays a sample from an AMOS | | sample bank. The advantage of | | this over the Sam Play command | | is that the sounds can | | interact with the Protracker | | music and no notes are missed | | out - AMOS does this on | | accelerated Amigas. | | SAMPLE is the sample number to | | be played. If SAMPLE is | | negative the sample will play | | over and over again. VOICE is | | the channel/s on which the | | sample is to be played, and if | | it is left out then the sample | | will be played on all 4 | | channels. Pt Sam Play VOICE,SAMPLE,FREQ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Plays a sample from an AMOS | | sample bank. The advantage of | | this over the Sam Play command | | is that the sounds can | | interact with the Protracker | | music and no notes are missed | | out - AMOS does this on | | accelerated Amigas. | | SAMPLE is the sample number to | | be played. If SAMPLE is | | negative the sample will play | | over and over again. VOICE is | | the channel/s on which the | | sample is to be played, and if | | it is left out then the sample | | will be played on all 4 | | channels. | | FREQ is the frequency, in | | Hertz, that the sample is | | played at. Pt Sam Stop VOICE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Stops the sound effect/s which | | are currently being played on | | the sound channel/s VOICE. | | This works for samples started | | by Pt Sam Play, Pt Instr Play | | and Pt Raw Play. Pt Sam Volume VOLUME |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the volume used when | | samples are played. VOLUME | | is from 0 to 64. Pt Sam Volume VOICE,VOLUME |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the volume used when | | samples are played. VOLUME | | is from 0 to 64. VOICE is the | | sound channel/s to be | | affected, but it will only | | last for the currently played | | sample/s. =Pt Signal |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | The various music trackers | | (Soundtracker, Noisetracker, | | Protracker and Startrekker) | | feature effect commands (e.g. | | to change the volume of a note | | or for pormento). | | There is an effect which is | | unused in all trackers. It has | | been left free to synchronize | | events to the music. | | If there is no signal waiting, | | zero is returned. After using | | Pt Signal the old value will | | be cleared. Pt Signal can only | | keep one value at once (i.e. | | if the last value hasn't been | | read, the next signal will | | overwrite the last one). | | If the end of the music is | | reached then Pt Signal will | | automatically return 255, or | | if no music is being played 0 | | is returned. Pt Stop |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Stops the current Protracker | | music module. You can use Pt | | Continue to restart the music | | from the exact position you | | stopped it. Pt Voice VOICE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Defines which sound channels | | should be used for music and | | which should be left free for | | sound effects. VOICE is a | | bitmask, similar to the AMOS | | Voice command, so %1111 turns | | on all sound channels. Pt Volume VOLUME |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the volume of the music. | | VALUE ranges from 0 (silent) | | to 64 (full volume). | | There are no error messages | | returned if VOLUME is outside | | the specified range! =Pt Vu(CHANNEL) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the current volume of | | channel CHANNEL. If a new note | | is played then the volume | | level is returned, otherwise 0 | | is returned. =Qarc(X,Y) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the angle from the | | current position (set by the | | last graphical command, such | | as Plot 0,0) to X,Y. The angle | | returned is in the same format | | as Qsin and Qcos (see below), | | and is very fast and accurate. | | 360 degrees = 1024 | | 180 degrees = 512 | | 90 degrees = 256 | | 45 degrees = 128 =Qcos(ANGLE,RADIUS) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the cosine. It is | | faster than the AMOS Cos | | function and no maths | | libraries are required. It | | also allows you to multiply | | the value with the ANGLE | | parameter (which is not in | | radians or degrees, see | | below). | | 360 degrees = 1024 | | 180 degrees = 512 | | 90 degrees = 256 | | 45 degrees = 128 =Qrnd(MAX) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Identical to the AMOS Rnd | | function, except this is much | | faster. MAX is the highest | | number that can be returned. =Qsin(ANGLE,RADIUS) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the sine. It is faster | | than the AMOS Sin function and | | no maths libraries are | | required. It also allows you | | to multiply the value with the | | ANGLE parameter (which is not | | in radians or degrees, see | | below). | | 360 degrees = 1024 | | 180 degrees = 512 | | 90 degrees = 256 | | 45 degrees = 128 =Qsqr(VALUE) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates the square root of | | VALUE and returns it. However, | | this only works with integers | | and is faster than the AMOS | | =Sqr function. R Bar DX,DY | Turbo v1.9 | Draws a filled bar relative to | | the graphics cursor R Box DX,DY | Turbo v1.9 | Draws a box relative to the | | graphics cursor R Draw DX,DY | Turbo v1.9 | Draws a line relative to the | | graphics cursor R Object Draw OBJECT,X,Y | Turbo v1.9 | Draw object OBJECT as defined | | in the vector table but | | relative to the X and Y coords R Object Mag Draw OBJECT,X,Y,MUL | Turbo v1.9 | As R Object Draw, but either | | multiplies or divides object | | coords depending on whether | | MUL is positive or negative. R Move DX,DY | Turbo v1.9 | Moves relative to current | | graphics cursor position Rain Fade RAINBOW,$RGB |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Fades rainbow RAINBOW to the | | colour $RGB. This works step | | by step, so you will need a | | maximum of 16 calls to Rain | | Fade to reach the new colour | | value ($RGB). Rain Fade RAINBOW To RAINBOW2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Fades rainbow RAINBOW to the | | colours in RAINBOW2. This | | works step by step, so you | | will need a maximum of 16 | | calls to Rain Fade to reach | | the new colours. =Range(VALUE,MIN To MAX) | Tools V1.01 | This is an optimized version | | of the Range command in the | | Shuffle Extension. | | If VALUE lies between the | | values MIN and MAX then VALUE | | is returned. If VALUE is less | | than MIN then MIN is returned. | | If VALUE is more than MAX, | | then MAX is returned. Raster Wait Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Waits for a specific position | | of the raster beam. Y contains | | the Y hardware coordinate from | | which the program should | | continue. Raster Wait X,Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Waits for a specific position | | of the raster beam. X,Y is | | the hardware coordinates from | | which the program should | | continue. =Raw Key(n) | Turbo v1.9 | Same as Key State command, but | | works when multitasking is off Red | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands (eg. Colour 1,Red). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Red) =Red Val(RGB) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates the red value of | | the colour RGB and returns it. =Replacestr$(STR$,OLD$ To NEW$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Searches through the string | | STR$ for any occurance of the | | string OLD$ and replaces them | | with the string NEW$. Reserve As Palette BANK,N | CRAFT v1.00 | Reserve space for N palettes | | in bank BANK. Reserve Check X | Turbo v1.9 | Reserves X check zones for | | Turbo's own zone commands Reserve Object Chip OBJECT,COUNT | Turbo v1.9 | Reserves COUNT*6 bytes of chip | | memory for object OBJECT Reserve Object Fast OBJECT,COUNT | Turbo v1.9 | Reserves COUNT*6 bytes of fast | | memory for object OBJECT Reserve Stars X | Turbo v1.9 | Reserves memory for X 'star' | | definitions, and computes in | | advance the address of the | | start of every line for more | | speed when displaying 'stars'. Reserve Static Block X | Turbo v1.9 | Reserves memory for converting | | the linked block-list into a | | static block-list Reserve Zone | AMOS | Used with no parameters, the | | AMOS command will erase all | | zones, including all EasyLife | | multi zones. Reset Check X | Turbo v1.9 | Does almost the same as the | | Reset Zone command, except the | | zone number must be given. Reset Computer |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Reboots your Amiga. This | | command never returns to the | | program, obviously. =Rgb To Rrggbb(RGB) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates a 12 bit colour | | value into a 24 bit AGA value. | | The unused bits are set to 0. | | Using this colour format you | | can assign 256 different | | colour values each to the red, | | green or blue part, that is | | 16777216 different values in | | total. =Rrggbb To Rgb(RRGGBB) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Converts a 24 bit colour | | value into a 12 bit value. The | | other 12 bits are discarded. =Right Trim$(S$,TRIM$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Removes the end characters | | TRIM$ from string S$. If TRIM$ | | is left out the end spaces | | will be automatically removed. Sam Bank BANK | EME V3.0 DEMO | This instruction tells AMOS | (AMOS Pro Lib) | to use samples from the | (AMOS-TC Lib) | specified bank (BANK) the next | | time that the command Sam Play | | is used. This means you can | | have several banks of samples | | loaded at the same time. Sam Loop Off | EME V3.0 DEMO | Switches off the looping of | (AMOS Pro Lib) | sound samples. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | Sam Loop On | EME V3.0 DEMO | This switches on the loop | (AMOS Pro Lib) | feature for samples. The next | (AMOS-TC Lib) | time a sample is played, it | | will start playing again after | | it finishes. | | Paul Reece has fixed this | | command so it does work. The | | original AMOS music library | | had the command jump to an RTS | | instruction, so it did | | absolutely nothing! Sam Play NUMBER | EME V3.0 DEMO | Plays a digital sound sample | (AMOS Pro Lib) | previously set up and stored | (AMOS-TC Lib) | in the sample bank. NUMBER is | | the number of the sample to | | play. Sam Play CHANNEL,SAMPLE | EME V3.0 DEMO | As previous, but CHANNEL is | (AMOS Pro Lib) | a bit pattern specifying which | (AMOS-TC Lib) | sound channels to use. | | Examples: | | %1111 All 4 sound channels | | %1000 Only sound channel 4 | | %0001 Only sound channel 1 Sam Play CHANNEL,SAMPLE,FREQUENCY | EME V3.0 DEMO | As previous, but FREQUENCY is | (AMOS Pro Lib) | the frequency (in Hertz) that | (AMOS-TC Lib) | the sample is played at. Most | | samples will be about 14000, | | but some can be as low as 4000 | | or as high as 22000. | | Playing a sample at anything | | other than its recorded rate | | will alter the pitch of the | | sample and can generate cool | | sounds other than what was | | originally intended. Sam Raw CHANNEL,ADDRESS,LENGTH,FREQ | EME V3.0 DEMO | Plays a raw sample using the | (AMOS Pro Lib) | specified sound channels, as | (AMOS-TC Lib) | specified in the bit pattern | | CHANNEL (eg. %1111 all sound | | channels; %1000 only sound | | channel 4; %0001 only sound | | channel 1). It starts playing | | from the address (ADDRESS) | | given for the length | | (LENGTH) specified in bytes. | | FREQ is the frequency (in | | Hertz) sample is to be played | | at. Sam Stop | EME V3.0 DEMO | Stops all samples that are | (AMOS Pro Lib) | playing. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | Sam Stop CHANNEL | EME V3.0 DEMO | As previous, but the optional | (AMOS Pro Lib) | CHANNEL parameter selects | (AMOS-TC Lib) | which sound channels are to | | be switched off, via a | | bit-pattern. Examples: | | %1111 All 4 sound channels | | %0001 Only sound channel 1 | | %1000 Only sound channel 4 Sam Swap CHANNEL To ADDRESS,LENGTH | EME V3.0 DEMO | Activates the automatic sound- | (AMOS Pro Lib) | swapping system. It specifies | (AMOS-TC Lib) | the location (ADDRESS) and | | size (LENGTH) of a logical | | sample which was previously | | loaded using the SLOAD | | command. The sample will be | | played once the current | | physical sample finishes. | | ADDRESS must be a location in | | chip RAM. LENGTH specifies how | | much of the sample is to be | | played, in bytes. | | CHANNEL is a bit-pattern which | | selects which voices will be | | used to play the sample. | | Examples: | | %1111 All 4 sound channels | | %0001 Only sound channel 1 | | %1000 Only sound channel 4 =Sam Swapped(CHANNEL) | EME V3.0 DEMO | Tests the specified sound | (AMOS Pro Lib) | channel (CHANNEL) to see if | (AMOS-TC Lib) | the logical and physical | | samples have been exchanged by | | the Sam Swap command. CHANNEL | | is a number from 0 to 3. | | If -1 (true) is returned, it | | means that the previous | | physical sample has finished | | playing, and that the samples | | have been successfully | | swapped. You can now load in | | a new sample and call Sam Swap | | again. A value of -1 is also | | returned after Sam Raw has | | finished playing a sample. | | If 0 (false) is returned, it | | means that the physical sample | | is currently being played, and | | there is a fresh logical | | sample waiting for the | | automatic switching operation. | | So no need to do anything. | | If 1 is returned, it means | | that the sample player has run | | out of data, and that the | | sample swapping operation has | | failed. You need to | | re-initialize the sample from | | the beginning, using the Sam | | Raw command. Sometimes if this | | is repeatedly returned you may | | need to increase the logical | | and physical sample banks. Sample NUMBER To CHANNEL | EME V3.0 DEMO | Assigns the specified sound | (AMOS Pro Lib) | sample (NUMBER), which is | (AMOS-TC Lib) | already in the sample bank, | | directly to the current wave | | form. CHANNEL is a bit pattern | | to specify which of the sound | | channels it will use. Example: | | %1111 All 4 sound channels | | %1000 Only sound channel 4 | | %0001 Only sound channel 1 | | The next time the Play command | | is used the sample will be | | taken from the sample bank and | | used as an "instrument". Say TEXT$ | EME V3.0 DEMO | The words in TEXT$ (along with | (AMOS Pro Lib) | punctuation) will now be | (AMOS-TC Lib) | spoken, but any music and | | sound effects being played | | will be halted until it has | | finished. The file | | "narrator.device" must be in | | the relevant "devs" drawer for | | the speech to work. Say TEXT$,MODE | EME V3.0 DEMO | As previous, but with the | (AMOS Pro Lib) | optional MODE parameter set to | (AMOS-TC Lib) | 1 music and sound effects will | | continue to play during any | | speech. This may cause the | | program routines to slow down. | | With MODE set to 0, it is the | | same as the normal Say | | command. =Scanstr$(SCANCODE) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the name of a key | | according to the parameter | | SCANCODE. If there is no key | | for the scancode an empty | | string should be returned, but | | instead it generates an error | | message. =Scrn Bitmap |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the address of the | | bitmap structure of the | | current AMOS screen. =Scrn Layer |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the address of the | | layer structure of the current | | AMOS screen. =Scrn Layerinfo |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the address of the | | layer info structure of the | | current AMOS screen. =Scrn Rastport |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the address of the | | rastport structure of the | | current AMOS screen. =Scrn Region |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the address of the | | region structure of the | | current AMOS screen. =Sdeek(ADDRESS) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the value of a word | | (2 byte number) from ADDRESS | | (which must be even). Bit 15 | | is used as a sign bit, so the | | result will be between -32678 | | and 32677. You should use this | | instead of Deek if you have | | Doked a negative value into | | memory and wish to read it | | back again. Set Amos Pri X | CRAFT v1.00 | Set the priority of AMOS to X. Set Array Bank BANK | Tools V1.01 | This command sets which bank | | the tools extension will use | | for the array commands. The | | default is bank 23. If you | | change the array bank in the | | middle of a program, you can | | have multiple array banks. Set Bank Colour BANK,N,COLOUR,VALUE | CRAFT v1.00 | Set the colour COLOUR to VALUE | | in palette N in bank BANK. Set Blue COLOUR,VALUE | CRAFT v1.00 | Set the blue component of | | colour COLOUR to VALUE. Set Byte VALUE | Tools V1.01 | Sets the byte at the current | | memory position to VALUE and | | increments the current memory | | position by 1. Set Check X,X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 | Turbo v1.9 | Does the same thing as the | | Set Zone command, but for | | Turbo's zone commands Set Comment FILE$,COMMENT$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Sets the comment in file | | FILE$ to COMMENT$. Set Crypt STRING$ | Tools V1.01 | Encrypts the string STRING$ | | and stores it at the current | | memory position. After the | | string has been stored the | | current memory position will | | be incremented by the length | | of the string+2. Set Envel WAVE,PHASE To DURATION,VOL| EME V3.0 DEMO | Uses an envelope to change the | (AMOS Pro Lib) | original wave form according | (AMOS-TC Lib) | to a set pattern. WAVE is the | | wave form to be affected and | | can include the preset ones | | (waves 0 and 1). The PHASE | | refers to 1 of 7 individual | | sections of the original wave | | form to be defined, with a | | value from 0 to 6. DURATION | | controls the length of the | | particular phase number and | | is expressed in 50ths of a | | second (unless its in NTSC | | mode in which case its 60ths | | of a second). That is how the | | speed of a volume change is | | controlled. VOL specifies the | | volume to be reached at the | | end of the phase. Set Green COLOUR,VALUE | CRAFT v1.00 | Set the green component of | | colour COLOUR to VALUE. Set Long VALUE | Tools V1.01 | Sets the longword at the | | current memory position to | | VALUE and increments the | | current memory position by 4. Set Ntsc |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Switches to 60Hz NTSC screen | | mode. This will also effect | | Workbench and any other | | programs that are running. | | To switch back to 50Hz screen | | mode use the Set Pal command. Set Object Comment FILE$,COMMENT$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the comment of file FILE$ | | to COMMENT$. Set Object Date FILE$,DATE,TIME |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Changes the datestamp to DATE | | and timestamp to TIME for the | | file FILE$. | | This command only works on | | OS2.0 and above. Set Pal | | Switches to 50Hz PAL screen | | mode. This will also effect | | Workbench and any other | | programs that are running. | | To switch back to 60Hz screen | | mode use the Set Ntsc command. Set Planes MASK | Turbo v1.9 | Restricts most drawing | | operations to a number of | | bitplanes, defined by MASK. Set Pos ADDRESS | Tools V1.01 | Sets the current memory | | position to ADDRESS. This must | | be done before using any of | | the Set or Get commands from | | the tools extension. Not doing | | so may crash your Amiga, as | | data will be written or read | | from random memory addresses. Set Protect FILE$,FLAG | CRAFT v1.00 | Set the protection bits of | | file FILE$ to FLAG. Set Rain Colour RAINBOW,COLOUR |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Changes the colour index of | | rainbow RAINBOW, which has | | previously been set up by the | | AMOS command Set Rainbow, to | | COLOUR. | | This means that you can remove | | the limit to the first 16 | | colours and are now able to | | access all 32 colours. A | | colour index of -63 enables | | you to alter the hardware | | scrolling register, so you can | | create fancy water and wobble | | effects! | | To unleash the power of this | | command, the main AMOS Pro | | library has to be modified a | | bit (or better: a byte). So | | run the program | | "SetRainColourPatch" and then | | restart AMOS Professional. | | This patch remains permanently | | so you only have to run it | | once. Set Red COLOUR,VALUE | CRAFT v1.00 | Set the red component of | | colour COLOUR to VALUE. Set Sprite Priority BITMAP |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the priority of the | | sprites in conjunction with | | the playfields to the value | | BITMAP. BITMAP is a bitmask in | | the following (and confusing) | | format: | | Bits 0-2: 0 All sprites will | | be displayed | | behind playfield | | 1. | | 1 Sprites 0-1 will | | be displayed | | infront of | | playfield 1. | | 2 Sprites 0-3 will | | be displayed | | infront of | | playfield 1. | | 3 Sprites 0-5 will | | be displayed | | infront of | | playfield 1. | | 4 All sprites will | | be displayed | | infront of | | playfield 1. | | Bits 3-5: 0 All sprites will | | be displayed | | behind playfield | | 2. | | 1 Sprites 0-1 will | | be displayed | | infront of | | playfield 2. | | 2 Sprites 0-3 will | | be displayed | | infront of | | playfield 2. | | 3 Sprites 0-5 will | | be displayed | | infront of | | playfield 2. | | 4 All sprites will | | be displayed | | infront of | | playfield 2. Set String STRING$ | Tools V1.01 | Stores the string STRING$ at | | the current memory position, | | and then increments the | | current memory position by | | the length of the string+2. Set Talk SEX,MODE,PITCH,RATE | EME V3.0 DEMO | Alters the settings used by | (AMOS Pro Lib) | the Say command. SEX is 0 for | (AMOS-TC Lib) | a male voice and 1 for female. | | MODE chooses whether it's | | normal (0) or rythmic (1) | | speech. PITCH can be deep (65) | | up to high soprano (360). | | RATE is the approximate number | | of average-length words to | | recite per minute, and can | | range from a slow drawl (40) | | up to gibberish (400)! Set Tempras |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Used in conjunction with | | Fellipse and Fcircle. | | No other info available. Set Trans Map BANK,WIDTH,HEIGHT |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the bank BANK to be used | | for the Trans commands. | | WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size | | of the map stored in bank | | BANK. | | No official docs for this | | command. Set Trans Source BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the area of memory used | | by the Trans commands. BANK | | can be a bank number, or | | memory address. | | No official docs for this | | command. Set Wave NUMBER,SHAPE$ | EME V3.0 DEMO | Assigns the wave form (SHAPE$) | (AMOS Pro Lib) | to the specified wave | (AMOS-TC Lib) | (NUMBER). NUMBER must be a | | number greater than 1 (waves 0 | | and 1 are already used by the | | Bell, Boom, Shoot and Play | | commands). The characters that | | are held in SHAPE$ each | | represent the wave pattern | | from -128 to 127. However, as | | AMOS strings can only hold a | | positive number, any negative | | values are converted by adding | | 256 to it (eg. -50+256=206). Set Wb Prefs ADDRESS,LENGTH,FLAG | CRAFT v1.00 | Set the system preferences. | | ADDRESS is the address of the | | preferences and LENGTH is the | | length. FLAG sets whether the | | settings are final (1) or not | | (0). Set Word VALUE | Tools V1.01 | Sets the word at the current | | memory position to VALUE and | | increments the current memory | | position by 2. Shade Bob Down SCREEN,X,Y,IMAGE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Draws a shade bob on screen | | SCREEN at the coordinates X,Y. | | This bob only decreases the | | pixel colours. IMAGE is the | | number in the sprite bank that | | should be used to draw the | | bob. Either the mask or the | | first bitplane of the object | | is used for this process, | | depending on the setting of | | Shade Bob Mask. | | This command supports the hot | | spot of the image. Shade Bob Mask FLAG |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Allows you to specify if the | | mask of an object or the first | | bitplane is to be taken for | | drawing. If FLAG is set to 0 | | then bitplane 0 is used for | | the Shade Bob Up and Shade Bob | | Down command. Any other value | | for FLAG will set the commands | | to use the mask of the object. Shade Bob Planes NUMBER |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the amount of bitplanes | | to be cycled through by the | | Shade Bob Up/Down commands. | | This can be used to protect | | the graphics in higher | | bitplanes from the influences | | of shade bobs. AMOUNT should | | be a value between 1 and 6. Shade Bob Up SCREEN,X,Y,IMAGE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Draws a shade bob on screen | | SCREEN at the coordinates X,Y. | | This bob only increases the | | pixel colours. IMAGE is the | | number in the sprite bank that | | should be used to draw the | | bob. Either the mask or the | | first bitplane of the object | | is used for this process, | | depending on the setting of | | Shade Bob Mask. | | This command supports the hot | | spot of the image. Shade Pix X,Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Increases the pixel colour | | value at the coordinates X,Y | | on the current screen. If the | | highest colour is reached, it | | is set to colour 0. Shade Pix X,Y,PLANES |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Increases the pixel colour | | value at the coordinates X,Y | | on the current screen. If the | | highest colour is reached, it | | is set to colour 0. PLANES is | | the number of bitplanes to be | | cycled and can be from 1 to 6. Shoot | EME V3.0 DEMO | Creates a simple sound effect | (AMOS Pro Lib) | the same way as the Boom | (AMOS-TC Lib) | command. The program does not | | stop, so you may need to add | | the Wait command between | | successive commands. Sload CHANNEL To ADDRESS,LENGTH | EME V3.0 DEMO | This is similar to Bload (see | (AMOS Pro Lib) | AMOS manual), except it is | (AMOS-TC Lib) | designed to load in sections | | of a file. CHANNEL is the | | channel that was assigned to | | the file with the Open In | | command (see AMOS manual). | | Use the Pof function to move | | the file pointer within the | | file (see AMOS manual). | | ADDRESS is the starting | | address of where the data will | | be loaded and LENGTH is the | | length of the data in bytes. =Smouse Key |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the state of the mouse | | buttons in port 1 as a bitmap. | | Bit 0 Left mouse button | | Bit 1 Right mouse button | | Bit 2 Middle mouse button Smouse Speed VALUE |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the speed of the second | | mouse. VALUE represents the | | factor by which power of 2 the | | mouse is slowed down by. 0 is | | maximum speed, 1 is the normal | | speed of the AMOS mouse, and | | values above 4 are not | | sensible. Smouse X XPOS |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the X coordinate of the | | second mouse to XPOS. Smouse Y YPOS |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the Y coordinate of the | | second mouse to YPOS. =Speek(ADDRESS) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the value of a byte | | from ADDRESS. Bit 7 is used as | | a sign bit, so the result will | | be between -128 and 127. You | | should use this instead of | | Peek if you have Poked a | | negative value into memory and | | wish to read it back again. =Splinters Active |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the number of active | | Splinters. This can be used to | | find out when the animation | | has finished. If no Splinter | | bank exists and Splinters | | haven't been defined then this | | will return an error message. Splinters Back |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Saves the background on which | | the Splinters are to be drawn | | in the next step. Splinters Bank BANK,MAXIMUM |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Reserves the memory bank BANK | | for a maximum of MAXIMUM | | Splinters. Each Splinter | | requires 22 bytes of memory. Splinters Colour COLOUR,PLANES |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the colour to be left | | after a Splinter has released | | a dot from that point. PLANES | | is the number of bitplanes to | | be used for the Splinters. | | PLANES should be the maximum | | number of planes available, | | but you can reduce it for some | | effects. Splinters Double Del |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Clears the Splinters from the | | screen, for a double buffered | | screen. For a normal (single | | buffered) screen you must use | | the Splinters Single Del | | command. | | The background is restored | | automatically. Splinters Double Do |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Clears, draws and moves all | | Splinters in one command. This | | only works for double buffered | | screens. For normal (single | | buffered) screens you have to | | use Splinters Single Do. | | If you want to control the | | process yourself you have to | | call the commands in this | | order: | | Splinters Double Del | | Splinters Move | | Splinters Back | | Splinters Draw Splinters Draw |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Draws the Splinters onto the | | screen. Splinters Fuel TIME |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the amount of time the | | Splinters move over the screen | | until they disappear | | automatically. TIME holds the | | number of steps the Splinters | | are moved before they vanish. | | If you set TIME to 0, the | | Splinters only disappear at | | the edges of the screen. Splinters Gravity X,Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the direction that the | | Splinters will drift into. X | | contains a value which is | | added each step to the | | horizontal speed and may be | | positive for right drift, or | | negative for left drift. The | | same is true for Y, but it | | affects the vertical drift | | (positive for down, and | | negative for up). Splinters Init |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Initialises the Splinters. | | They are fed with the | | coordinates and speeds that | | you specified earlier, with | | the other Splinter commands. Splinters Limit |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the limits for the | | Splinters to a rectangular | | area on the screen. As no | | parameters are given, AMCAF | | will use the size of the | | current screen as the limits. Splinters Limit X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the limits for the | | Splinters to a rectangular | | area on the screen. X1,Y1 and | | and X2,Y2 are the coordinates | | of the top-left and bottom- | | right areas of the rectangle. Splinters Max MAXIMUM |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Changes the maximum amount of | | new Splinters to appear in | | each step, so a pulsing effect | | can be avoided. If MAXIMUM is | | set to 0, then no more | | Splinters are created. When | | MAXIMUM is set to -1 there is | | no limit. Splinters Move |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Moves the Splinters one step. Splinters Single Del |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Clears the Splinters from the | | screen, for a normal (single | | buffered) screen. For | | double-buffered screens you | | must use the Splinters Double | | Del command. | | The background is restored | | automatically. Splinters Single Do |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Clears, draws and moves all | | Splinters in one command. This | | only works for normal (single | | buffered) screens. For double | | buffered screens you have to | | use Splinters Double Do. | | If you want to control the | | process yourself you have to | | call the commands in this | | order: | | Splinters Single Del | | Splinters Move | | Splinters Back | | Splinters Draw Ssave CHANNEL,START To END | EME V3.0 DEMO | Allows you to save data into | (AMOS Pro Lib) | a file opened with the Open | | Out or Append commands. Use | | the POF,LOF and EOF functions | | to control where to put the | | data in the file. CHANNEL is | | the channel number used with | | the Open Out or Append | | commands, with START as the | | starting address of the data | | chunk and END as the ending | | address of the data chunk. =St Base | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Returns the address of the | | internal data area of | | MusiCRAFT. =St Channel(C) | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Returns -1 (true) if channel | | C is currently reserved for | | MusiCRAFT. =St Cmp(INST,ELE To STR$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Compares a string to the | | contents of a string element | | (ELE). | | It returns -1 if STRING$ is | | less than the element string, | | 0 if STRING$ is the same as | | the element string, or 1 if | | STRING$ is greater than the | | element string. =St Cmp(INST,ELE,IND1,IND2,IND3 | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but up to 3 To STR$)| | indexes can be used to compare | | the contents of a string to a | | string array element. St Copy INST1 To INST2 | Easy Life V1.10 | Copies the values of all | | elements from an instance | | (INST1) to another instance | | (INST2). The 2nd instance must | | already exist and both | | instances (INST1 & INST2) must | | be the same type of structure. =St Dup(INST) | Easy Life V1.10 | Creates a duplicate of a | | structure instance, by | | allocating a new structure of | | the same type, and copyies all | | of its elements to the new | | structure. The address of the | | new structure is returned. St Free INST | Easy Life V1.10 | Deallocates the memory of the | | given structured variable | | instance (INST). After | | deallocation you must not | | refer to the instance again | | in any command or variable | | related to it. St Free All | Easy Life V1.10 | Disposes of all structured | | variables and returns the | | memory blocks allocated to | | them to the system memory pool | | for use by AMOSPro and other | | tasks. This command is | | automatically called by the | | EasyLife Default routine. =St Get(INST,ELE) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the current value of | | an element (ELE) of a | | particular structure instance. | | INST=Address of the instance. | | ELE =The ST_... name of the | | element to read. =St Get(INST,ELE,IND1,IND2,IND3) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but up to 3 | | indexes can be specified for | | a dimensioned variable. =St Get$(INST,ELE) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for string | | elements. You can use the St | | Get$ function to return the | | element as an AMOS string | | within the structure, where it | | is stored null-terminated. | | This means it can be used for | | any system library calls that | | require a pointer to a string, | | or in MUI taglists. =St Get$(INST,ELE,IND1,IND2,IND3) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but up to 3 | | indexes can be specified for | | a dimensioned variable. St Input INST,STR$ | Easy Life V1.10 | Loads a string (STR$) | | generated by the St Output$ | | command back into a structure | | instance (INST). The instance | | must have already be allocated | | with the St New command. | | The instance (INST) must be of | | the same type as the one from | | which the string was saved. =St Len(INST) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the number of bytes of | | memory that is allocated to | | the structure. You have to | | calculate it manually by | | adding up the lengths of all | | of the elements, adding 4, and | | rounding up to the next | | multiple of 8. | | Individual element lengths | | are: | | 4 bytes = Integer | | 2 bytes = Integer with range | | interval < 65536 | | 1 byte = Integer with range | | interval <256 | | 4 bytes = Pointer (Typed or | | Untyped) | | 4 bytes = Real number | | 1 bit = Boolean | | Max Len+3 rounded up to even | | = String | | Len Substructure=Substructure. | | | | Arrays take the length of an | | element * number of elements. | | Different booleans & boolean | | arrays can share parts of a | | byte. =St Load(FILE$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Loads all the structures that | | were previously saved with | | EasyLifes St Save command. The | | structures will be reloaded to | | different addresses and all of | | the pointers in all of the | | structures will automatically | | be relocated to the new | | addresses of the structures! | | It returns the new address of | | the instance you passed to the | | St Save command. | | Depending on the structures, | | this command may take a while | | to execute. St Load FILE$,BANK | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Load the (Sound/Noise/Pro) | | tracker module into bank BANK. =St New(STRUCTURE) | Easy Life V1.10 | Allocates memory for a new | | instance of a structured | | variable and returns a pointer | | to it. The parameter should | | be the name of the structure | | to allocate, using the global | | variables 'ST_...'. | | The command returns a value | | which is the address of a new | | instance of that structure | | type, with all elements set to | | their initial value of: | | Strings = "" | | Real Numbers = 0.0 | | Booleans = False | | Ranged Integers= Lowest Legal | | Value | | Integers = 0 | | Pointers = Null (0) | | | | The address returned | | conceptual "becomes" the | | structure instance. When you | | want to pass this instance to | | another function it is this | | address that you should pass. =St Output$(INST) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns a copy of the | | structure instance in a | | string, so that you can save | | it with the Print# command. | | Remember that it will be | | reloaded to a different | | address, so all the pointers | | will be invalid and have to | | be reset. St Pause Off | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Unpauses current music module. St Pause On | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Pauses current music module. St Play BANK,POS | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Plays the module in bank BANK. | | POS is an optional starting | | point, in bytes. St Save FILE$,INST | Easy Life V1.10 | Saves the instance (INST) to | | the file (FILE$), then looks | | at all of its pointer | | elements. If they are not | | null, it then saves all of the | | structures they point to until | | every structure that can be | | reached by following a pointer | | from the instance specified | | has been saved. | | Depending on the structures, | | this command may take a while | | to execute. St Set INST,ELE To VALUE | Easy Life V1.10 | This is the opposite of the | | St Get function. It sets an | | element (ELE) of a structured | | variable instance (INST) to a | | new value (VALUE). | | INST Address of structured | | variable to change. | | ELE Element to change. | | VALUE New value of element. St Set INST,ELE,IND1,IND2,IND3 | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but up to 3 To vALUE| | indexes are required for a | | dimensioned variable. St Set Str INST,ELE To STR$ | Easy Life V1.10 | As the St Set command, but for | | strings. St Set Str INST,ELE,IND1,IND2,IND3 | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but up to 3 To STR$| | indexes are required for a | | dimensioned variable. St Stop | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Stops the current music | | module. =St Type(INST) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the type of the | | specified structure instance | | (INST). The value returned is | | the numeric representation of | | the structure name, and the | | type can be identified by | | comparing it to the 'ST_...' | | global variables for structure | | names. It is useful where you | | have untyped pointers, and | | want to check which type of | | structure the pointed to | | element is. =St Version | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Returns the version of | | MusiCRAFT multiplied by 100. | | (eg. v1.00 = 100). St Voice MASK | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Sets which voices are active | | using the MASK parameter. St Vumeter Speed X | MusiCRAFT v1.00 | Sets the decreasing speed of | | the =Vumeter command. If X is | | 0 =Vumeter acts normally. Stars Clip X,Y,X1,Y1 | Turbo v1.9 | Limits all 'stars' to a | | rectangular area of the | | screen. X,Y is the top-left | | corner and X1,Y1 is the | | bottom-right corner Stars Compute START To END | Turbo v1.9 | Computes the next position | | of the 'stars' START to END | | without displaying them on | | the screen Stars Erase | Turbo v1.9 | Erases memory used by Turbo's | | Stars commands and returns it | | to the system. This also | | happens when the Default | | command is used Stars Int Off | Turbo v1.9 | Turn off the 'stars' interrupt Stars Int On CLEAR | Turbo v1.9 | Adds a new interrupt server to | | the vblank server chain which | | does the same as the Display | | Stars command! | | Display Stars is now executed | | every vbl and is running | | independantly of your AMOS | | program! | | If CLEAR <> 0 the display will | | be cleared before displaying | | the 'stars' Stars Speed S To E,X_SPEED,Y_SPEED | Turbo v1.9 | Changes the speed of 'stars' | | S to E with the values | | X_SPEED and Y_SPEED Static Block Erase | Turbo v1.9 | Erases the memory used by the | | static block-list and returns | | it to the system =Str Count(S$,A$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the number of times | | the string S$ occurs in the | | string A$. =Str Peek$(ADDRESS,LENGTH,STOP$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns a string starting | | from address ADDRESS to | | ADDRESS+LENGTH. The STOP$ | | string is optional and will | | cause the returned string to | | be cut short if it is found. Str Poke ADDRESS,STRING$ | CRAFT v1.00 | Copy STRING$ into memory | | starting from ADDRESS. =Str Scramble$(STRING$,PASSWORD$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Scrambles the string STRING$ | | using the password PASSWORD$. =Str Unscramble$(STRING$,PASSWORD$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Unscrambles the string STRING$ | | using the password PASSWORD$. =Sys Request(T1$,T2$,T3$,T4$,T5$, | CRAFT v1.00 | Creates a requestor containing P$,N$)| | the strings T1$ to T5$. P$ is | | the string to be displayed in | | the left button and N$ is | | displayed in the right button. | | If P$ and N$ are empty they | | are automatically filled with | | "Retry" and "Cancel". If only | | N$ is empty then the requestor | | has only one button. =Tag(TAG$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Almost identical to the | | AMOSPro Equ function, it takes | | a tag string and returns the | | integer it represents. It uses | | the tagbank, not the equates | | system, therefore bank 13 must | | be a "Tag" bank, containing | | the symbolic string | | representation of the tags, | | with their numeric | | equivilents. =Tag$(TAG$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Takes a tag string and returns | | the integer as a longword in a | | string. =Tag$(TAG1$,TAG2$) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but returns the | | integer for TAG1$ in a string | | followed by the integer for | | TAG2$. =Tag$(TAG1$,TAG2$,TAG3$) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for 3 tags. =Tag$(TAG$ To VALUE) | Easy Life V1.10 | To use a tag function, bank 13 | | must be a "Tag" bank. The | | command returns the integer | | for TAG$, but the resulting | | string returned as the | | longword VALUE is appended to | | the end. | | Example: | | TAG$ has value of $80001000 | | VALUE has value of $11223344 | | Result is a string containing | | the bytes: $80,$00,$10,00,$11 | | $22,$33,$44 =Tag$(TAG1$,TAG2$ To VALUE) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for 2 tags. =Tag Attach$(CHILD_OBJECT,TAG$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Makes an existing object the | | child of an object that is yet | | to be created. If the parent | | object already exists, use Mui | | Add instead. | | The string returned contains 2 | | longwords - the tag value | | followed by the address of the | | child object - ready to become | | part of the parents taglist. =Tag Attach$(CHILD_OBJECT To TAG) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but TAG is | | numerical. Tag Block Size SIZE | Easy Life V1.10 | EasyLife has to allocate | | memory for stored strings, but | | instead of allocating each | | string individually and | | fragmenting memory it simply | | allocates one huge block. SIZE | | changes the size of these | | blocks, in bytes - the default | | is 8KB. This must be used | | before any tag functions are | | called, otherwise it won't | | work. Tag Keep SETTING | Easy Life V1.10 | If SETTING is -1 (true) then | | tag strings are stored with | | the object. If the Tag Str$ | | function does not specify | | which object to store it with, | | it is stored with the next | | object created with Mui New. | | If SETTING is 0 (false) then | | the string is stored in a | | temporary buffer, which is | | erased the next time any | | command, or function, that | | accepts a taglist as an | | argument is used. Use this | | setting for temporary strings | | for the next taglist, such as | | MUIA_Text_Contents strings | | which MUI always makes a copy | | of. =Tag List(NAME$) | Easy Life V1.10 | The Taglist Editor program | | allows you to interactively | | create taglists and store them | | in an AMOS bank. This function | | extracts an individual taglist | | from the bank and returns a | | copy of the list as a string, | | with the parameters | | instantiated. =Tag List(NAME$,P1,P2,P3,P4,P5,P6, | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but up to 8 P7,P8)| | parameters can follow the | | NAME$ parameter. The number | | of extra parameters depends on | | how many parameters are | | required by the specified | | taglist. The Taglist bank (14) | | must exist or an error will | | occur. =Tag Str(STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns the address of the | | stored taglist string STRING$. =Tag Str(STRING$ To OBJECT) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for the | | specified object. =Tag Str$(STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | As =Tag Str, but returns the | | address as a 4 character | | string. =Tag Str$(STRING$ To OBJECT) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for the | | specified object. =Tag Str$(TAG$,STRING$) | Easy Life V1.10 | Returns an 8 character string, | | with the first 4 characters | | being the longword value of | | TAG$ and the last 4 characters | | are the address of the string. =Tag Str$(TAG$,STRING$ To OBJECT) | Easy Life V1.10 | As previous, but for specified | | object. | | The most common use is to | | change the string of an | | existing string gadget. Talk Misc VOLUME,FREQUENCY | EME V3.0 DEMO | Allows you to adjust the | (AMOS Pro Lib) | volume and frequency of the | | synthetic speech. VOLUME can | | be between 0 (silent) and 63 | | (loud). FREQUENCY can be | | between 5000 and 25000. Higher | | values use more processor | | time. Talk Stop | EME V3.0 DEMO | Stops any speech currently | (AMOS Pro Lib) | being spoken by the Say | | command. Td Stars Accelerate On |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | The stars are now accelerated | | during the flight. Td Stars Accelerate Off |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | The stars are no longer | | accelerated during the flight. Td Stars Bank BANK,STARS |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Reserves the bank BANK for 3D | | stars. STARS is the number of | | stars to be saved in the bank. | | Each star uses 12 bytes of | | memory. Td Stars Double Del |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Wipes the stars from the | | double buffered screen. Use Td | | Stars Single Del for normal | | (single buffered) screens. | | The background is not saved | | during the drawing process. Td Stars Double Do |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Clears, draws and moves all | | the stars in one single step. | | For single buffered screens | | you must use Td Stars Single | | Do. | | If you wish to control the | | process yourself, you have to | | use the commands in this | | order: | | Td Stars Double Del | | Td Stars Move | | Td Stars Draw Td Stars Draw |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Draws all the stars onto the | | screen. To clear the stars | | you have to use either the Td | | Stars Single Del or Td Stars | | Double Del depending on the | | screen type. Td Stars Gravity X,Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the direction in which | | the stars will drift into. X | | contains a value which is | | added each step to the | | horizontal speed, and may be a | | positive number for right | | drift or a negative one for | | left drift. The same is true | | for Y, which affects the | | vertical drift. | | Normally these values are set | | to 0, but you could use other | | values in conjunction with Td | | Stars Accelerate to create an | | effect of spreading sparks. Td Stars Init |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Initialises the stars. The | | stars are moved by random | | values to avoid that they all | | start at the origin. This | | command should therefore only | | be called once after all | | parameters have been set. Td Stars Limit |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Limits the stars into a | | specific area on the screen. | | As no parameters are given | | the size of the screen is used | | instead. | | This version of the Td Stars | | Limit command automatically | | sets the origin of the stars | | to the centre of the screen, | | so there is no need to use the | | Td Stars Origin command unless | | you wish to move the origin. Td Stars Limit X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Limits the stars into a | | specific area on the screen. | | X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 define the | | rectangular region where the | | stars will be displayed. These | | coordinates must lie within | | screen dimensions or the stars | | may corrupt the memory and | | crash the Amiga. | | The Td Stars Origin command | | must follow this command, as a | | glitch (AMCAF sets the origin | | outside of your limits!) will | | stop the stars from working. Td Stars Move |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Moves all the stars by one | | step. To see the result you | | have to draw the stars with a | | call to Td Stars Draw. Td Stars Move STAR |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Moves the star STAR by one | | step. To see the result you | | have to draw the stars with a | | call to Td Stars Draw. Td Stars Origin X,Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the origin of where the | | stars comes from, as soon as | | they have left the screen. | | The coordinates X,Y must lie | | on the screen and within the | | drawing area that you set up | | using Td Stars Limit earlier. | | The Td Stars Limit command | | automatically places the | | origin in the middle of the | | specified area. Therefore this | | command must be placed after | | Td Stars Limit. Td Stars Planes PLANE1,PLANE2 |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets which bitplanes the stars | | are to be drawn on. Normally, | | they are set to bitplanes 0 | | and 1. Td Stars Single Del |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Wipes the stars from the | | normal (single buffered) | | screen. Use Td Stars Double | | Del for double buffered | | screens. | | The background is not saved | | during the drawing process. Td Stars Single Do |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Clears, draws and moves all | | the stars in one single step. | | For double buffered screens | | you must use Td Stars Double | | Do. | | If you wish to control the | | process yourself, you have to | | use the commands in this | | order: | | Td Stars Single Del | | Td Stars Move | | Td Stars Draw Tempo TEMPO | EME V3.0 DEMO | Modifies the speed that the | (AMOS Pro Lib) | current AMOS music file is | (AMOS-TC Lib) | played at. TEMPO ranges from | | 1 (very slow) to 100 (very | | fast). =Test.b(X,Y) | Turbo v1.9 | Compares lower 8 bits of a | | variable with a given value. =Test.w(X,Y) | Turbo v1.9 | Compares lower word of a | | variable with a given value. =Tool Types$(FILE$) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the tool type of the | | icon for the file FILE$. FILE$ | | must not have ".info" | | appended. The various tool | | types are separated by a line | | feed character (Chr$(10)) so | | they can be printed out easily | | using Print. | | If the FILE$ you are trying to | | get the tool type of doesn't | | exist, you will get an error | | message. Caution, with some | | files this command crashes, | | depending on what the tool | | type box contains. | | The name of your own program | | can be found by using Command | | Name$. Tr Angle A | CRAFT v1.00 | Sets the absolute angle in | | degrees of the turtle to A. Tr Back D | CRAFT v1.00 | Moves the turtle back by D | | units. =Tr Base | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the address of the | | internal varaible area used | | by the turtle commands. =Tr Distance(X,Y) | CRAFT v1.00 | Calculates the distance | | between the turtle and the | | point X,Y. Tr Draw X,Y | CRAFT v1.00 | Moves the turtle and draws a | | line to point X,Y. Tr Draw Rel X,Y | CRAFT v1.00 | Moves the turtle across X | | pixels and down Y pixels down | | and simultaneously draws a | | line. =Tr Error | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the position of the | | improper instruction in TCL | | (Turtle Control Language) | | string. Tr Exec COMMAND$,COUNT | CRAFT v1.00 | Executes the TCL (Turtle | | Control Language) string in | | COMMAND$ as many times as the | | COUNT parameter specifies, | | from 0 to 2000. Tr Forw D | CRAFT v1.00 | Moves the turtle forward by D | | units. Tr Forward D | CRAFT v1.00 | Same as the Tr Forw command. =Tr Get Angle | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the current angle of | | the turtle. Tr Home | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the turtle to its | | home. Tr Left ANGLE | CRAFT v1.00 | Turns the turtle left by ANGLE | | degrees. Tr Memorize A | CRAFT v1.00 | Set a new angle which was | | previously saved with the | | Tr Remember A command. Tr Memorize X | CRAFT v1.00 | Set a new X coordinate which | | was previously saved with the | | Tr Remember X command. Tr Memorize Y | CRAFT v1.00 | Set a new Y coordinate which | | was previously saved with the | | Tr Remember Y command. Tr Move X,Y | CRAFT v1.00 | Moves the turtle to the | | coordinates Tr Move Rel DX,DY | CRAFT v1.00 | Moves the turtle DX right and | | DY down relative to its | | current position. Tr Pen Down | CRAFT v1.00 | Lowers the pen of the turtle, | | thus enabling the turtle | | drawing operations. =Tr Pen State | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns a value of -1 (true) | | if the turtles pen is down. Tr Pen Up | CRAFT v1.00 | Lifts the pen of the turtle, | | thus disabling the turtle | | drawing operations. Tr Proportions XY | CRAFT v1.00 | The parameter XY specifies | | coefficients for the turtle | | coordinates, where the X and | | Y values are the same. Values | | can range from -16 to 16 | | inclusive, but must not be 0. | | This will affect the other | | turtle commands and the TCL | | language. Tr Proportions X,Y | CRAFT v1.00 | As above, but you can have | | different values for X and Y. Tr Remember A | CRAFT v1.00 | Stores the current angle of | | the turtle. Tr Remember X | CRAFT v1.00 | Stores the current X | | coordinate of the turtle. Tr Remember Y | CRAFT v1.00 | Stores the current Y | | coordinate of the turtle. Tr Reset | CRAFT v1.00 | Resets the turtle settings. Tr Right ANGLE | CRAFT v1.00 | Turns the turtle right ANGLE | | degrees. Tr Set Home X,Y | CRAFT v1.00 | Sets a new home for the | | turtle. Tr Towards X,Y | CRAFT v1.00 | Turns the turtle to face point | | X,Y. =Tr X Home | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the current X Home | | coordinate. =Tr Y Home | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the current Y Home | | coordinate. =Tr X Pos | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the current X position | | of the turtle. =Tr Y Pos | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the current Y position | | of the turtle. Track Load FILE$,BANK | EME V3.0 DEMO | Loads the tracker module | (AMOS Pro Lib) | (FILE$) into the specified | (AMOS-TC Lib) | bank (BANK). Track Loop Of | EME V3.0 DEMO | Stops the next tracker module | (AMOS Pro Lib) | from being repeated, unless a | (AMOS-TC Lib) | pattern jump command is used | | at the end of the module. | | NB: Yes it is Track Loop Of! Track Loop On | EME V3.0 DEMO | Repeat the next tracker module | (AMOS Pro Lib) | until it is stopped using the | (AMOS-TC Lib) | Track Stop command. Track Play | EME V3.0 DEMO | Plays a previously loaded | (AMOS Pro Lib) | tracker module from bank 6. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | Track Play BANK | EME V3.0 DEMO | Plays a previously loaded | (AMOS Pro Lib) | tracker module stored in the | (AMOS-TC Lib) | specified bank (BANK). | | NB: CAN ONLY BE USED 3 TIMES | | IN THE DEMO VERSION! Track Play BANK,POSITION | EME V3.0 DEMO | As previous, but starts | (AMOS Pro Lib) | playing the module from the | (AMOS-TC Lib) | specified position. The demo | | docs do not state whether | | POSITION is in seconds or | | bytes, but I would presume | | it's the latter. Track Sample Off | EME V3.0 DEMO | This command turns off tracker | (AMOS Pro Lib) | music channel 4 (Left Channel) | (AMOS-TC Lib) | whilst playing tracker | | modules. This allows you to | | use the spare channel for | | playing sound samples without | | them being affected by the | | tracker play routine. | | NB: NOT IN DEMO VERSION! Track Sample On | EME V3.0 DEMO | Turns on channel 4, which was | (AMOS Pro Lib) | previously switched off by the | (AMOS-TC Lib) | Track Sample Off command. Track Stop | EME V3.0 DEMO | Stops playing the current | (AMOS Pro Lib) | tracker module. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | Track Tempo TEMPO | EME V3.0 DEMO | Sets the tempo of the tracker | (AMOS Pro Lib) | module currently playing. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | TEMPO is just like the number | | in the tempo command in any | | tracker module. 0 is the | | fastest and 6 is the default. | | This command does not override | | any tempo commands in the | | module, but can be useful if | | you start a module part way | | through and the tempo is | | incorrect. Trans Screen Dynamic SCR,PLANE,X,Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Performs a screen transition | | on bitplane PLANE for screen | | SCR. X,Y are the starting | | coordinates of where the | | top-left area of the | | transition starts. X is | | rounded down to the nearest | | multiple of 16. | | No official docs for this | | command. Trans Screen Runtime SCR,PLANE,X,Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Performs a screen transition | | on bitplane PLANE for screen | | SCR. X,Y are the starting | | coordinates of where the | | top-left area of the | | transition starts. X is | | rounded down to the nearest | | multiple of 16. | | No official docs for this | | command. Trans Screen Static SCR,PLANE,X,Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Performs a screen transition | | on bitplane PLANE for screen | | SCR. X,Y are the starting | | coordinates of where the | | top-left area of the | | transition starts. X is | | rounded down to the nearest | | multiple of 16. | | No official docs for this | | command. =Trlen | EME V3.0 DEMO | Returns the position length of | (AMOS Pro Lib) | the currently playing tracker | (AMOS-TC Lib) | module. If the length returned | | is 34 then the last position | | played would be 33. =Trpat(POS) | EME V3.0 DEMO | Returns the pattern number | (AMOS Pro Lib) | played at song position POS. | (AMOS-TC Lib) | =Trpos | EME V3.0 DEMO | Returns the position of the | (AMOS Pro Lib) | currently playing module, so | (AMOS-TC Lib) | 0 would be the first position | | and so on. =Trstat | EME V3.0 DEMO | Returns 1 if the tracker | (AMOS Pro Lib) | module is still playing, or 0 | (AMOS-TC Lib) | if it has finished. Turbo Draw X1,Y1 To X2,Y2,COLOUR |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Draws a line from X1,Y1 to | | X2,Y2. The coordinates don't | | have to be on the screen, as | | the line is clipped | | automatically. COLOUR is the | | colour of the line. Turbo Draw X1,Y1 To |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Draws a line from X1,Y1 to X2,Y2,COLOUR,PLANES| | X2,Y2. The coordinates don't | | have to be on the screen, as | | the line is clipped | | automatically. COLOUR is the | | colour of the line. PLANES is | | a bitmask representing which | | bitplanes the line should be | | drawn onto (e.g. %000011 draws | | a line on bitplanes 0 and 1). | | Turbo Draw supports a line | | pattern, which can be set by | | using the AMOS Set Line | | command. | | You can also use this command | | to draw blitter lines. These | | lines are only drawn with one | | pixel per horizontal line and | | are used to create polygons | | which can then be filled by | | the blitter chip. To use this | | mode, simply set PLANES as a | | negative value. An extra line | | is drawn automatically if the | | blitter line leaves the right | | boundary of the screen. | | Use the Blitter Fill command | | to fill the areas between the | | blitter lines. | | Example: | | S=0: w=320: H=250: C=16 | | M=-4: Y1=50: Y2=75: Y3=100 | | Screen Open S,W,H,C,Lowres | | Flash Off: Curs Off | | Turbo Draw 0,0 To 50,Y1,4 | | Turbo Draw 0,0 To 50,Y3,4,M | | Turbo Draw 0,0 To 25,Y2,4,M | | Print At(0,15);"Press A Key" | | Clear Key: Wait Key | | Blitter Fill S,2 Turbo Plot X,Y,COLOUR |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Plots a pixel at the | | coordinates X,Y using the | | colour COLOUR. This command | | is much faster than the AMOS | | Plot command, but does not | | care about logical | | combinations defined by using | | Gr Writing. =Turbo Point(X,Y) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the colour of the | | pixel at the coordinates X,Y. | | This is faster than the normal | | Point function. =Up Case$(TEXT$) | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns string TEXT$ with all | | characters converted to upper | | case. This is the same as the | | Upper$ command, but also works | | with accent characters | | (eg. é,ó,ú etc.). Vbl Wait X | Turbo v1.9 | Wait until raster beam has | | reached a given value =Vclip(VAL,LOWER To UPPER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns VAL or adjusts it if | | it lies outside the LOWER and | | UPPER boundaries. | | Examples: | | Vclip(10,20 To 50) -> 20 | | Vclip(60,20 To 50) -> 50 | | Vclip(35,20 To 60) -> 35 Vec Rot Angles X,Y,Z |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Sets the three viewing angles | | that are used for the vector | | rotation. X represents the | | angle that the coordinate is | | to be rotated along the | | X-axis. The same goes for Y | | and Z, which are related to | | Y-axis and Z-axis. The angles | | are not given in radians or | | degrees, but 1 revolution (360 | | degrees) equals 1024. | | After you have specified the | | angles and the new position, | | you can calculate the new | | vector matrix using the Vec | | Rot Precalc command. Vec Rot Pos X,Y,Z |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Changes the position of the | | camera. X and Y represent the | | horizontal and vertical | | position of the camera, whilst | | Z represents the distance from | | the camera. | | There is no need to | | recalculate the matrix if you | | only change the position of | | the camera. Vec Rot Precalc |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | This command must be called | | before every vector rotation | | and after you have changed the | | viewing angle. It calculates | | the internal matrix that holds | | the results of often needed | | calculations that are required | | for the rotation in 3D. | | After calling this command you | | can use the Vec Rot X, Vec Rot | | Y and Vec Rot Z functions. =Vec Rot X |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the X coordinate if | | it has already been calculated | | by the use of one of the | | =Vec Rot functions, otherwise | | it returns 0. =Vec Rot X(X,Y,Z) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates and returns the X | | coordinate, which results in | | the vector rotation of a 3D | | point X,Y,Z around all three | | axis. This coordinate is | | automatically projected from | | 3D to 2D by dividing it | | through the distance. | | If you call the function with | | the parameters X,Y,Z all three | | new coordinates are calculated | | (i.e. the Y,Z position too). | | If you require the Y | | coordinate too, then simply | | use the Vec Rot Y function | | without the parameters. The | | same with Vec Rot Z. =Vec Rot Y |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the Y coordinate if | | it has already been calculated | | by the use of one of the | | =Vec Rot functions, otherwise | | it returns 0. =Vec Rot Y(X,Y,Z) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates and returns the Y | | coordinate, which results in | | the vector rotation of a 3D | | point X,Y,Z around all three | | axis. This coordinate is | | automatically projected from | | 3D to 2D by dividing it | | through the distance. | | If you call the function with | | the parameters X,Y,Z all three | | new coordinates are calculated | | (i.e. the X,Z position too). | | If you require the X | | coordinate too, then simply | | use the Vec Rot X function | | without the parameters. The | | same with Vec Rot Z. =Vec Rot Z |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the Z coordinate if | | it has already been calculated | | by the use of one of the | | =Vec Rot functions, otherwise | | it returns 0. =Vec Rot Z(X,Y,Z) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Calculates and returns the Z | | coordinate, which results in | | the vector rotation of a 3D | | point X,Y,Z around all three | | axis. This coordinate is | | automatically projected from | | 3D to 2D by dividing it | | through the distance. | | If you call the function with | | the parameters X,Y,Z all three | | new coordinates are calculated | | (i.e. the X,Z position too). | | If you require the X | | coordinate too, then simply | | use the Vec Rot X function | | without the parameters. The | | same with Vec Rot Y. =Vin(VALUE,LOWER To UPPER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Checks if VALUE is between | | LOWER and UPPER. If it is it | | will return -1 (true), | | otherwise 0 (false). =Vmod(VALUE,UPPER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Restricts VALUE into the LOWER | | and UPPER boundaries, but | | works differently to Vclip. If | | VALUE exceeds UPPER by 1, it | | will be set to LOWER (which | | when left out of the function | | is automatically set to 0). If | | it exceeds UPPER by 2 it will | | be set to LOWER+1. If VALUE is | | equal to LOWER-1 then it will | | be set to UPPER, and so on. | | Examples: | | =Vmod(25,30) -> 25 | | =Vmod(31,30) -> 0 | | =Vmod(35,30) -> 4 | | =Vmod(-4,30) -> 27 =Vmod(VALUE,LOWER To UPPER) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Restricts VALUE into the LOWER | | and UPPER boundaries, but | | works differently to Vclip. If | | VALUE exceeds UPPER by 1, it | | will be set to LOWER. If it | | exceeds UPPER by 2 it will be | | set to LOWER+1. If VALUE is | | equal to LOWER-1 then it will | | be set to UPPER, and so on. | | Examples: | | =Vmod(25,10 To 30) -> 25 | | =Vmod(31,10 To 30) -> 10 | | =Vmod(35,10 To 30) -> 14 | | =Vmod(-4,10 To 30) -> 17 Voice X | EME V3.0 DEMO | Sets which of the 4 sound | (AMOS Pro Lib) | channels are active. Examples: | (AMOS-TC Lib) | %1111 All channels active | | %0001 Only channel 0 active | | %1000 Only channel 3 active Volume VOLUME | EME V3.0 DEMO | Sets the volume of any music | (AMOS Pro Lib) | and sound effects to be | (AMOS-TC Lib) | played. VOLUME is a number | | between 0 (silent) to 63 (very | | loud). Volume CHANNEL,VOLUME | EME V3.0 DEMO | As previous, but the optional | (AMOS Pro Lib) | CHANNEL parameter is a bit- | (AMOS-TC Lib) | pattern specifying which sound | | channels are active. Examples: | | %1111 All 4 sound channels | | %1000 Only sound channel 4 | | %0001 Only sound channel 1 =Vumeter(CHANNEL) | EME V3.0 DEMO | The AMOS command has been | (AMOS Pro Lib) | modified to include support | (AMOS-TC Lib) | for tracker modules. Octamed | | Pro support seems to be | | included if you have Medplayer | | library version 2, or better, | | in the Libs directory. =W.swap(X) | CRAFT v1.00 | Swaps the upper and lower | | parts of the word. | | (eg. $FF00 -> $00FF) Warm Reset | CRAFT v1.00 | Resets the Amiga without | | clearing the RAM (and RAM | | disk). It's the same as | | pressing Control+Amiga+Amiga. Wave NUMBER To CHANNEL | EME V3.0 DEMO | Assigns a specified sound wave | (AMOS Pro Lib) | (NUMBER) to any, or all, sound | (AMOS-TC Lib) | channels. cHANNEL is a bit- | | pattern specifying the | | channel/s. Examples: | | %1111 All 4 sound channels | | %1000 Only sound channel 4 | | %0001 Only sound channel 1 Wb Activate Gt GADGET | Intuition v1.0 | Activates the specified string | | gadget (GADGET), so that the | | user can type something, or | | edit the contents. Wb Asl Dir DIR$ | Intuition v1.0 | Set the directory (DIR$) to be | | listed in the ASL Requester. Wb Asl Info SETTING | Intuition v1.0 | Sets whether info files are | | shown in ASL Requesters. | | SETTING=0 Show info files | | SETTING=1 Don't show info | | files Wb Asl Pattern PATTERN$ | Intuition v1.0 | Sets the string value for the | | pattern field in the ASL | | requester. | | If PATTERN$ is ".AMOS" it | | should only list directories | | and AMOS files. This command | | is buggy however. If you set | | PATTERN$ as a 6 character | | string and then later change | | it to 4 characters, the last 2 | | characters will remain from | | the first string. For example: | | Set as "Lionet" -> "Lionet" | | Set as "AMOS" -> "AMOSet" | | The command Wb Default has no | | effect on this command, sadly. =Wb Asl Req(TITLE$,PTEXT$,NTEXT$, | Intuition v1.0 | Opens the ASL file requester TYPE,PATTERN,X,Y,W,H)| | and returns the name of the | | file that was chosen. | | TITLE$ is the text that will | | appear at the top of the | | requester. PTEXT$ and NTEXT$ | | are the text to appear in the | | positive and negative buttons. | | TYPE sets the type of | | requester to be displayed - | | 0=File Requester, 1=Font | | Requester and 2=Screen | | Requester. | | PATTERN sets whether it has a | | patterned text gadget (1) or | | not (0). | | X,Y is the coordinate of the | | top-left corner of the | | requester, with W as the width | | and H as the height. Wb Back Pen COLOUR | Intuition v1.0 | Sets the back pen to the | | specified colour (COLOUR). It | | is used as the paper colour | | in the Wb Text commmand. Wb Bool Gadget X,Y,W,H,T,XT,YT, | Intuition v1.0 | Add gadgets to windows. TXT$,WINDOW| | X=X coordinate relative | | to top-left of the | | window | | Y=Y coordinate relative | | to top-left of the | | window | | W=Width of gadget | | H=Height of gadget | | T=Type of gadget | | XT=X text position | | YT=Y text position | | TXT$=Text for the gadget | | WINDOW=Window number | | (from 0 to 99) Wb Box X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 | Intuition v1.0 | Draws an unfilled box from | | X1,Y1 to X2,Y2 on the current | | workbench window. Wb Clear Key | Intuition v1.0 | Clears any keycode stored for | | the Wb Keycode function and | | sets it to -1. Wb Close Screen SCREEN | Intuition v1.0 | Closes the specified screen | | (SCREEN) on workbench. Wb Close Window WINDOW | Intuition v1.0 | Closes the specified window | | (WINDOW) on workbench. =Wb Current Window | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the number of the | | current window. Wb Def Prefs ADDRESS,LENGTH | CRAFT v1.00 | Copies the default system | | settings to ADDRESS. ADDRESS | | can also be a bank number. | | LENGTH is the number of bytes | | to copy. Wb Default | Intuition v1.0 | Automatically closes any | | windows and screens that have | | been opened. | | This is useful for when your | | program fails, so you don't | | have to manually close all the | | opened screens and windows. Wb Draw X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 | Intuition v1.0 | Draws a line on the current | | workbench screen from X1,Y1 to | | X2,Y2 using the current front | | pen colour. Wb Draw Mode MODE | Intuition v1.0 | Sets the drawing mode (MODE) | | for workbench graphics. | | %000 Normal | | %001 *unknown* | | %010 NAND mode, in white ink | | %100 No drawing! Wb Dt Image To Screen SCREEN, | Intuition v1.0 | Info taken from the example WINDOW,FILE$,BANK,DISPLAY| | file "DataType_To_Screen.AMOS" | | SCREEN=Screen number | | WINDOW=Window number | | FILE$=Datatype file to load | | BANK=Bank number to store | | image in. Set it to 0 | | if image is not to be | | stored | | DISPLAY=Sets whether it is to | | be displayed on a | | screen or not. | | (0=Yes 1=No) Wb Ellipse X1,Y1,HD,VD | Intuition v1.0 | Draws an ellipse on the | | current window. X1,Y1 is the | | centre of the ellipse. HD is | | the horizontal diameter of the | | ellipse, in pixels, and VD is | | the vertical diameter, also in | | pixels. =Wb Event | Intuition v1.0 | Get window reports from | | workbench and returns | | the result (eg. $2000000 is | | returned when a window has | | been resized, as long as it | | has been set to with the Wb | | Window Ids command). =Wb File | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the name of the file | | last returned by the ASL file | | requester - see the Wb Asl Req | | command. | | If no file was selected the | | last time the ASL requester | | was used, but a file had been | | selected on the first use of | | the requester, then the first | | file will be returned. For | | example: | | Requester1 = Sabrina.IFF | | Requester2 = (null) | | Wb File returns Sabrina.IFF Wb Fill Box X1,Y1 To X2,Y2 | Intuition v1.0 | Draws a filled box on the | | currently active window on | | workbench using the current | | front pen colour. | | X1,Y1 is the top-left corner | | of the box and X2,Y2 is the | | bottom-right corner. =Wb Find String(STR$,START To END,C) | Intuition v1.0 | Searches for a string in | | memory. START and END are the | | addresses to search between. | | STR$ is the string to search | | for. C is for the case, but | | seems to have no effect on the | | result, with one exception | | (setting C to 0 seems to force | | a result of 0). | | This function should return | | the starting address of the | | string if it is found. | | However I couldn't get this | | command to work, unless the | | string it was searching for | | starts at the START address! | | The command is not case | | sensitive. Wb Flash Screen | Intuition v1.0 | Colour 0 on the workbench | | screen will flash once. Wb Front Pen COLOUR | Intuition v1.0 | Set the colour (COLOUR) used | | for drawing operations on the | | workbench screen. Wb Get Iff Palette BANK,SCREEN | Intuition v1.0 | Takes the colour palette from | | an icon bank (BANK) and applies | | it to the specified screen | | (SCREEN). Wb Gt Gadget X,Y,W,H,TEXT$,ID, | Intuition v1.0 | Creates a gadget and places it FLAG,TYPE,WINDOW| | on the current window. X,Y is | | the coordinates where the | | gadget is placed, with W and H | | as it's width and height. | | TEXT$ is the text to be placed | | in the gadget. ID is the | | gadgets number. FLAG sets the | | appropriate flags for the | | gadget, with TYPE as the | | gadgets type (only types 1 and | | 12 are allowed). WINDOW is the | | window that the gadget is to | | be put on. =Wb Gt String(GADGET) | Intuition v1.0 | Returns a string containing | | the contents of a string | | gadget (GADGET). | | If you attempt this command | | with a non-string gadget then | | an empty (null) string will be | | returned. Wb Iff To Bank FILE$,BANK | Intuition v1.0 | Loads an IFF image (FILE$) and | | stores it in the specified | | bank (BANK). Wb Image To Window WINDOW,BANK | Intuition v1.0 | Display an image stored in a | | bank (BANK) on the specified | | window (WINDOW). Wb Intuitext TEXT$,X,Y,DMODE, | Intuition v1.0 | The same as the AMOS Text FPEN,BPEN,OFFX,OFFY| | command, but for the current | | workbench window. | | TEXT$ is the text to display | | and X,Y is the starting | | coordinates. DMODE is the | | drawing mode: | | 0 Draw with FPEN and leave | | existng graphics where | | BPEN would be | | 1 Draw with FPEN and BPEN | | replacing existing | | graphics | | 2 Draw in XOR mode using | | only FPEN, which is | | XOR'ed over existing | | graphics | | 3 Draw in XOR mode using | | only BPEN, which is | | XOR'ed over existing | | graphics | | 4 Same as mode 0, but | | inverted and leaves | | existing graphics where | | FPEN would be. | | 5 Same as mode 1, but | | inverted and replaces | | existing graphics | | 6 Draw in inverse XOR mode | | (BPEN XOR'ed over | | existing graphics) | | 7 Draw in XOR mode using | | only BPEN, which is | | XOR'ed over existing | | graphics. | | FPEN and BPEN are the pen and | | paper colours. | | OFFX and OFFY are the offsets | | from the coordinates X,Y. =Wb Item | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the value of the | | selected menu item. | | Use this command carefully, as | | it can crash AMOS - it seems | | to crash when a value of 256 | | is returned (tested using | | WinUAE 1.44, with OS 2; | | Kickstart 37.350; Workbench | | 37.71). =Wb Joy(JOY) | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the state of the | | current joystick (JOY). =Wb Keycode | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the keycode of the | | last key pressed. Remember | | that if no new key has been | | pressed since the last use of | | this function, it will return | | the same result! | | See the Wb Clear Key command. Wb Load Rgb COLOURS | Intuition v1.0 | Loads in the number of colours | | (COLOURS) specified. They must | | have been set up with the Wb | | Palette command beforehand. =Wb Menu | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the menu number that | | an item (or sub-item) was | | selected from. | | As with the Wb Item and Wb Sub | | Item functions, this command | | will crash AMOS (tested using | | WinUAE 1.44, with OS 2; | | Kickstart 37.350; | | Workbench 37.71). Wb Menu Item TEXT$,COMMKEY$,A,B,C,D | Intuition v1.0 | Sets up menu items that will | | from the drop-down menu that | | appears when you hold down the | | right mouse button and place | | the mouse over the screen | | title. | | TEXT$ is the text to appear | | in the menu. COMMKEY$ is the | | shortcut key used with the | | Amiga or Commodore key. | | A,B,C and D are flags for the | | menu item (eg. $10=greyed out, | | $1=Checkit, $8=MenuToggle and | | $100=Checked). | | If no flags are to be set then | | you can leave them empty, e.g: | | Wb Menu Item "Text","T",,,, Wb Menu On WINDOW | Intuition v1.0 | Activates the workbench menu, | | previously set up using the Wb | | Menu Title and Wb Menu Item | | commands, and associates it | | with the specified window | | (WINDOW). Wb Menu Sub Item TEXT$,COMMKEY$, | Intuition v1.0 | The same as the Wb Menu Item A,B,C,D| | command, but for sub-menus. | | TEXT$ is the text to be | | displayed. COMMKEY$ is the | | shortcut key to be used with | | the Amiga or Commodore key. | | A,B,C and D are various flags | | to be set for the item | | (eg. $10=greyed out, | | $1=Checkit, $8=MenuToggle and | | $100=Checked). | | If no flags are to be set then | | you can leave them empty, e.g: | | Wb Menu Sub Item "TXT","T",,,, Wb Menu Title TITLE$ | Intuition v1.0 | Sets the menu title to be | | displayed on the screen title | | bar when the right mouse | | button is held down. | | If you wish to have two, or | | more, titles you must define | | the first title and its menu | | (and sub-menu) before defining | | the 2nd title and its menu. =Wb Mouse Key | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the state of the | | left mouse key. | | -1 Left mouse key unpressed | | 1 Left mouse key pressed =Wb MouseX | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the X coordinate of | | the workbench mouse. =Wb MouseY | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the Y coordinate of | | the workbench mouse. Wb Move Screen X,Y | Intuition v1.0 | Moves the current screen to | | the coordinates X,Y. Wb Move Window X,Y | Intuition v1.0 | Moves the current window to | | the coordinates X,Y. Wb Open Screen SCREEN,X,Y,W,H,D, | Intuition v1.0 | Opens an intuition screen with P1,P2,MODE| | the specified settings. | | SCREEN=Screen number (0 to | | 99) | | X=X coordinate of screen | | Y=Y coordinate of screen | | W=Width of the screen | | H=Height of the screen | | D=Depth of screen | | (number of bitplanes) | | P1=Detail pen colour | | P2=Block pen colour | | MODE=Screen mode (eg. $0 is | | lowres, $4 is laced | | lowres etc.) Wb Open Window WINDOW,X,Y,W,H, | Intuition v1.0 | Opens an intuition window with MINW,MINH,MAXW,MAXH| | the specified settings. | | WINDOW=Window number (0 to | | 99) | | X=X coordinate of window | | Y=Y coordinate of window | | W=Width of the window | | H=Height of the window | | MINW=Minimum width the | | window can be sized to | | MINH=Minimum height the | | window can be sized to | | MAXw=Maximum width the | | window can be sized to | | MAXH=Maximum height the | | window can be sized to Wb Palette NUMBER,C1,C2,C3,C4,C5, | Intuition v1.0 | Sets the colour palette ready C6,C7,C8| | for loading into the windows | | palette (see the Wb Load Rgb | | command). For a 16 colour | | window you will have to use | | the command twice, the first | | time NUMBER is 0 and the 2nd | | time NUMBER is 1. For a 4 | | colour window simply leave the | | last 4 slots empty (e.g. Wb | | Palette NUM,C1,C2,C3,C4,,,,). | | C1 to C8 are the colour values | | in RGB format. For example: | | $FFF White | | $F00 Red | | $F0 Green | | $F Blue | | $0 Black Wb Paste Icon X,Y,ICON | Intuition v1.0 | Pastes an icon (ICON) onto the | | current workbench window at | | the coordinates X,Y. Wb Prefs ADDRESS,LENGTH | CRAFT v1.00 | Copies the current system | | settings to ADDRESS. ADDRESS | | can also be a bank number. | | LENGTH is the number of bytes | | to copy. Wb Put Chr$ STRING$,ADDRESS | Intuition v1.0 | This is the same as the AMOS | | Poke$ command. It places the | | string (STRING$) into memory | | starting at the address given | | (ADDRESS). Wb Save Iff FILE$,SCREEN | Intuition v1.0 | Saves a copy of the workbench | | screen (SCREEN) as an IFF file | | (FILE$). | | Doesn't appear to save the | | image correctly. May be saving | | image in HAM8 format, but I | | can't test that yet. =Wb Screen Base(SCREEN) | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the address of the | | specified workbench screen | | (SCREEN). Wb Screen Flags A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H | Intuition v1.0 | Sets the screen flags. If you | | only have a few flags, leave | | unused ones empty (eg. Wb | | Screen Flags $F,,,,,,,). | | $1 Workbench Screen | | $2 Public Shared Screen | | $F Custom Screen | | $80 Open the screen behind | | any others present | | $100 No gadgets or title on | | the screen Wb Screen Num SCREEN | Intuition v1.0 | Sets the screen all future | | operations will apply to. You | | will also have to set which | | window is used after changing | | screens - see the Wb Window | | Num command. Wb Screen Offset X,Y | Intuition v1.0 | Does the same as the AMOS | | Screen Offset command, but for | | a Workbench screen. Offsets | | the screen location by X,Y | | pixels. Wb Scroll WINDOW,X,Y,W,H,OFFX,OFFY | Intuition v1.0 | Scrolls the window (WINDOW) | | area, starting from X,Y to the | | specified width (WIDTH) and | | height (HEIGHT), by the offset | | OFFX,OFFY. | | When using this it crashed my | | Amiga (tested using WinUAE | | 1.44 with OS 2; Kickstart | | 37.350; Workbench 37.71). Wb Set Gt String GADGETNUM,STRING$,S| Intuition v1.0 | Changes the string of a string | | gadget (GADGETNUM) to the new | | string specified (STRING$). | | If you try this with a non- | | string gadget (eg. type 1) | | then AMOS will crash. | | S sets whether the cursor will | | remain active in the gadget, 1 | | for yes and 0 for no. =Wb Sub Item | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the number of the | | sub-menu item selected. As | | with the Wb Item function, | | this function will crash AMOS | | (tested using WinUAE 1.44, | | with OS 2; Kickstart 37.350; | | Workbench 37.71). Wb Text TEXT$,X,Y | Intuition v1.0 | Display text (TEXT$) on the | | current window at the position | | X,Y relative to the top=left | | area of the window. Wb Titles WINDOWTITLE$,WBTITLE$ | Intuition v1.0 | Set the titles for the current | | window (WINDOWTITLE$) and the | | workbench screen (WBTITLE$). Wb To Back | CRAFT v1.00 | Sends workbench to the back. | | This has nothing to do with | | the Amos To Front command. Wb To Front | CRAFT v1.00 | Brings workbench to the front. | | This is useful if you have | | CLI messages you wish to | | display whilst loading or | | initialising your program. | | This has nothing to do with | | the Amos To Back command. =Wb Window Base(WINDOW) | Intuition v1.0 | Returns the address of the | | specified workbench window | | (WINDOW). Wb Window Flags A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I | Intuition v1.0 | Set gadgets for the window. If | | using more than 9 flags then | | add them together and stick | | them in varaible I (remember | | to add in hexadecimal not | | decimal!). This must be set | | (along with window Ids) before | | opening up a new window. | | Possible values for A to I can | | be found below. Any unused | | ones should be left empty (eg. | | Wb Window Flags $1,,,,,,,,). | | $1 Add sizing gadget. | | $2 Allow window to be | | dragged by the title | | bar. | | $4 Add a depth gadget. | | $8 Add a close gadget. | | $100 Open winow in backdrop | | mode. | | $400 Prevent from drawing | | over window borders. | | $800 Open window without any | | borders. | | $1000 Activate the window | | when first opened. Wb Window Ids A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I | Intuition v1.0 | Set IDCMPs. If more than 9 are | | used then add the last few | | together and stick them in | | variable I (remember to add in | | hexadecimal not decimal!). | | This must be set (along with | | window flags) before opening | | a new window. | | Possible values for A to I can | | be found below, with any | | unused ones left empty (eg. Wb | | Window IDs $200,,,,,,,,). | | $4 Report when windows | | content has been | | corrupted. | | $8 Report when mouse | | buttons have been | | clicked. | | $10 Report when mouse | | pointer has moved. | | $20 Report when a gadget | | has been pushed | | down. | | $40 Report when a gadget | | has been released. | | $100 Report when a menu | | item has been | | selected. | | $200 Report when the | | close gadget has | | been clicked. | | $400 Report when a | | keypress has been | | detected. | | $8000 Report when a disk | | is inserted into a | | drive. | | $10000 Report when a disk | | is removed from a | | drive. | | $40000 Report when a window | | has been activated. | | $80000 Report when a window | | has been | | deactivated. | | $2000000 Report when a window | | has been resized. Wb Window Num WINDOW | Intuition v1.0 | Sets which window following | | commands will use. White | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands (eg. Colour 1,White). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (e.g. VALUE=White) Wload FILE$,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Loads the file FILE$ into the | | bank BANK. The bank is defined | | as "Work" and therefore will | | only be a temporary bank | | (unless you use the Bank | | Permanent command). If BANK is | | negative the file is loaded | | into chip RAM. =Wordswap(VALUE) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Swaps the upper and lower | | words and returns the result | | (e.g. $FFFF0000 -> $0000FFFF). Write Cli TEXT$ |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Writes the string TEXT$ into | | the CLI window, AMOS or | | whatever your program has been | | started from. If this window | | doesn't exist then no text | | will be output. Wsave FILE$,BANK |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Saves the work bank BANK as | | the file FILE$. The file does | | not contain the bank header | | data, just from area from | | Start(BANK) to START(BANK)+ | | Length(BANK). However, it does | | include AMOS info so that it | | can be loaded back into the | | same bank it was saved from. | | So the saved file will be 20 | | bytes longer than the bank. X Icon(NR) | Turbo v1.9 | Returns width (in words) of | | icon NR. =X Raster |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the current X position | | of the raster beam in hardware | | coordinates. This value is not | | very accurate as the raster | | beam is very fast. =X Smouse |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the X coordinate of | | the mouse in port 1. =Xfire(JOY) | Ercole 1.6 & | Do not confuse with the AMCAF | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | function with the same name, | | which can also check the | | status of the CD32 pad too. | | Checks if the 2nd fire button | | is pressed on the specified | | joystick and returns the | | result (-1=true and 0=false). | | JOY is 0 for the 1st joystick | | and 1 for the 2nd joystick. =Xfire(PORT,BUTTON) |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the state of the fire | | buttons on a joystick or | | gamepad attached to the port | | PORT. If lowlevel.library is | | available then it is possible | | to check the other buttons on | | the CD32 pad. BUTTON is the | | button you wish to check and | | can be anything from 0 to 6. | | 0 Normal fire button | | 1 Second fire button or blue | | button on CD32 pad | | 2 Yellow button on CD32 pad | | 3 Green button on CD32 pad | | 4 Reverse button on CD32 pad | | 5 Forward button on CD32 pad | | 6 Play/Pause button on CD32 | | pad =Y Beam | CRAFT v1.00 | Returns the current Y position | | of the rastor beam. Y Icon(NR) | Turbo v1.9 | Returns height (in lines) of | | icon NR =Y Raster |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the current Y position | | of the raster beam. This can | | be used to see how many | | rasterlines a specific part of | | a program takes. =Y Smouse |AMCAF V1.50beta4 | Returns the Y coordinate of | | the second mouse. Yellow | Colours v1.0 | Normally used in graphic | | commands | | (eg. Colour 1,Yellow). | | Value can be found by using it | | as part of a function command | | (eg. VALUE=Yellow) =Yfire(JOY) | Ercole 1.6 & | Checks if the 3rd fire button | 1.7 (AMOS Pro) | is pressed on the specified | | joystick and returns the | | result (-1=true and 0=false). | | JOY is 0 for the 1st joystick | | and 1 for the 2nd joystick.